UBRANDIT COM
10-12G, 1999-07-22
Previous: ASB CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC/DC, 13F-HR, 1999-07-22
Next: PRINCETON ECOM CORP, S-1/A, 1999-07-22





                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                     FORM 10

                   GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

        Under Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

                                  UBRANDIT.COM
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Nevada                                       88-0381646
(State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 incorporation or organization)



12626 High Bluff Drive, Suite 200, San Diego, CA                     92130
   (Address of Principal Executive Office)                         (Zip Code)

        Registrant's telephone number, including area code (858) 350-9566


 Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act
                                      None


Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:


                                                       Name of each exchange
           Title of each class                          on which registered:
           -------------------                          --------------------
             common  shares                                     None
            $.001 Par Value



<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



ITEM 1:  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS...............................................6

ITEM 2.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION................................................19

ITEM 3.  DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY..............................................24

ITEM 4.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.......25

ITEM 5.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.....................................26

ITEM 6.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION...............................................29

ITEM 7.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.......................30

ITEM 8.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS....................................................30

ITEM 9.  MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND
         RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS..........................................30

ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES..............................31

ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT'S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED..............32

ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS............................34

ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA..........................34

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTING  AND FINANCIAL
         DISCLOSURE...........................................................34

ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS....................................35



<PAGE>

                               CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

The following are  definitions of terms  commonly used in the Internet  industry
and in this document.


Archive
                  A  collection  of files  stored on a computer  network - often
                  retrievable by FTP (File Transfer Protocol).

Authentication
                  A security measure for checking a network user's identity.

Backbone
                  The  Internet's  high speed data  highways that serve as major
                  access points to which other networks connect.

Bandwidth
                  The amount of data you can send through a network  connection.
                  Bandwidth is usually measured in bits-per-second (bps).

Branding
                  "Private  Labeling" or "branding" means that when Ubrandit.com
                  creates  content for a client's Web site (such as content from
                  its e-commerce or financial  destination  sites),  the content
                  will contain the client  company's name,  logo, and navigation
                  buttons,  and will  include  very  minimal  information  about
                  Ubrandit.com or its affiliates.

Browser
                  Another name for a client  program that allows users to access
                  documents  on the WWW (World Wide Web).  Browsers  can be both
                  text-based or graphic.

Client
                  A remote computer connected to a host or server computer. Also
                  refers to the software that makes this connection possible.

Cyberspace
                  A  term  coined  by  author   William   Gibson  in  his  novel
                  "Neuromancer."  Cyberspace  is currently  used to refer to the
                  digital world constructed by computer networks,  in particular
                  the Internet.

Domain Name
                  The address that  identifies  an Internet  site.  Domain Names
                  consist  of at least  two  parts.  The part on the left is the
                  name of the company,  institution, or other organization.  The
                  part on the right identifies the highest  subdomain.  This can
                  be a country,  such as ca for Canada,  fr for  France,  or the
                  type of organization: com for commercial; edu for educational,
                  etc. The IP address is translated  into the domain name by the
                  DNS.

DNS
                  Domain Name System -- A database  system that translates an IP
                  address into a domain name.  For  example,  a numeric  address
                  like 205.206.106.50 is converted into wwli.com.

Download
                  To  transfer  files from one  computer  to  another.  The most
                  common  way of  doing  this on the  Internet  is by FTP  (File
                  Transfer Protocol).


                                        1

<PAGE>

e-commerce
                  A term used to  describe  the  ability  of users to  research,
                  compare, and buy products and services directly from companies
                  and individuals who have sites on the World Wide Web.

e-mail (electronic mail)
                  A way of sending  messages on  computers  attached to local or
                  global networks.

Electronic Mall
                  A virtual  shopping mall where you can browse and buy products
                  and services online.

Electronic Storefront
                  A virtual space in an electronic  mall. This consists of space
                  on a server  (usually at a Web site) where HTML  documents are
                  stored.

Encryption
                  A way  of  making  data  unreadable  to  everyone  except  the
                  receiver.  An  increasingly  common way of sending credit card
                  numbers  over  the   Internet   when   conducting   commercial
                  transactions.

Firewall
                  The  computer  file system of a site's  inner  network that is
                  protected against unauthorized access by Internet users.

FTP
                  (File  Transfer  Protocol)  -- A way of  moving  files  across
                  networks.  With FTP you can login to another Internet site and
                  download or send files.  Some sites have public file  archives
                  that you can  access  by  using  FTP  with  the  account  name
                  "anonymous" and your e-mail address as password.
                  This type of access is called anonymous FTP.

Gateway
                  A  computer   system   for   exchanging   information   across
                  incompatible  networks  that  use  different  protocols.   For
                  example,  many  commercial  services have e-mail  gateways for
                  sending messages to Internet addresses.

Hit
                  In the context of the WWW (World  Wide Web),  it refers to the
                  act of accessing an HTML (hypertext markup language)  document
                  on a Server.

Home Page
                  The first page on a Web site that acts as the  starting  point
                  for navigation.

Host
                  A computer that acts as a server.

Hyperlink
                  These are links in HTML  documents that you can click on to go
                  to other Web resources.

Hypermedia
                  The multimedia links on the Web that lead to sound,  graphics,
                  video, or text resources.

Information Packet
                  A bundle  of data  sent  over a  network.  The  protocol  used
                  determines the size and makeup of the packet.


                                        2

<PAGE>

Internet
                  A  global   collection  of  computer  networks  that  exchange
                  information    by    the    TCP/IP    (Transmission    Control
                  Protocol/Internet Protocol) suite of networking protocols.

Internet Account
                  An account with an ISP that allows you to access the Internet.

IP Address
                  The Internet  Protocol  address - the numeric  address that is
                  translated into a domain name by the DNS (Domain Name System).

ISDN
                  Integrated     Services    Digital    Network    --    Digital
                  telecommunications  lines with two  channels  that can yield a
                  combined capacity of 128 kbps.

ISP (Internet Service Provider)
                  A company that provides various kinds of Internet  accounts to
                  organizations and individuals.

Load
                  On the WWW (World Wide Web), HTML (Hypertext  Markup Language)
                  documents and graphics are loaded into the browser  whenever a
                  URL (Universal Resource Locator) or is accessed.

Mailing-List
                  A discussion forum where participants  subscribe to a list and
                  receive messages via e-mail.

Modem
                  A device for  translating  the digital data of computers  into
                  analog signals.  Two or more computers connected together over
                  phone lines are therefore able to exchange files and generally
                  communicate with each other.

Navigate
                  To  move  around  on the WWW  (World  Wide  Web) by  following
                  hypertext   paths  from  document  to  document  on  different
                  computers.

Netizen
                  A citizen of the Internet.

Newsfeed
                  ISPs get their  newsgroups from different  newsfeeds,  or news
                  sources,  by  transferring  them  over the  Internet  or other
                  networks.

Newsgroup
                  A discussion  forum on the  Internet  similar to that found on
                  local  BBS's  (bulletin  board  system).  There are  currently
                  around  15,000  different  groups  covering  a wide  range  of
                  topics.

Newsreader
                  Application  software  for  reading  and  posting  articles to
                  newsgroups.

Online
                  When a user is connected to a network,  they are  described as
                  being online.

Page View or Unique Visitors
                  A term used to  describe  the  number of times  that a page is
                  actually  viewed as  opposed  to hits  wherein a page may have
                  many hits depending on the structure and design of the page.


                                        3

<PAGE>

Password
                  A secret  combination  of letters and other symbols  needed to
                  login to a computer system.

Platform
                  The type of computer or  operating  system on which a software
                  application  runs. For example,  some common platforms are PC,
                  Macintosh, Unix, and NeXT.

POP (Point of Presence)
                  The nearest  connection point at which a user may connect to a
                  remote  site -  usually  that  of the  ISP  (Internet  Service
                  Provider) or telephone company. This is relevant when ordering
                  a dedicated line since you have to pay for mileage.

Post
                  Subscribers  to  newsgroups  and  mailing  lists  take part in
                  discussions  by sending or posting their  articles or comments
                  online.

Postmaster
                  An alias on a mail server for administering routing of e-mail.

Preference Setting
                  A set of parameters on software  tools,  especially WWW (World
                  Wide Web) browsers,  that allows a signature file to e-mail or
                  newsgroup  messages,  change the color and appearance of text,
                  etc.

Protocol
                  A specification that describes how computers will talk to each
                  other on a network.

Real-Time Chat
                  This is one use of the Internet that allows live  conversation
                  between  online  users by typing on a computer  terminal.  The
                  most common tools are Talk and IRC (International Relay Chat).

Script
                  In the  context  of the WWW, a  (gateway)  script is a program
                  that runs on a Web  server  and  processes  requests  based on
                  input from the browser.

Search Engine
                  Programs on the  Internet  that allow users to search  through
                  massive databases of information.

Server
                  A  host  computer  on a  network  that  answers  requests  for
                  information  from it. The term server is also used to refer to
                  the  software  that makes the  process of serving  information
                  possible.

Signature File
                  A file automatically  attached to outgoing e-mail messages and
                  postings to newsgroups.

SMTP
                  Simple  Mail  Transfer  Protocol  - standard  protocol  on the
                  Internet for delivering e-mail.

Stickiness
                  Stickiness  (retention) is one of the most important trends on
                  today's  Internet.  The concept is to find ways of keeping Web
                  users glued to a particular Web site. The key to stickiness or
                  retention  is  providing  users  with an  abundance  of useful
                  content that they are able to find  virtually  all their needs
                  onsite or in other words - one stop shopping.


                                        4

<PAGE>

Surf
                  To search for information in the cyberspace reality of the WWW
                  (World Wide Web) by navigating in a nonlinear way.

TCP/IP
                  The  Transmission  Control  Protocol  (TCP)  and the  Internet
                  Protocol  (IP)  are  protocols  that  let  different  types of
                  computers  communicate  with each other. The Internet is based
                  on this suite of protocols.
URL
                  Universal  Resource Locator -- An address you use to tell your
                  browser where to find a resource. For example, the URL for the
                  World Wide Language Institute is http://wwli.com.

Username
                  The  name  assigned  to  users  of  a  computer  network.   By
                  convention,  default  usernames  usually consist of a person's
                  initial(s)  plus their family name. For example,  if your name
                  is Ricardo Garcia, your username would be rgarcia. Typing your
                  username on the computer screen is part of the login procedure
                  and identifies you to the computer system.

Viewer
                  Most  browsers  use  helper  applications,   sometimes  called
                  "viewers,"  to display  full-size  graphics and play sound and
                  video clips. These are separate  applications that the browser
                  initiates after it has downloaded the image or clip.

Virtual
                  An adjective that refers to objects,  activities,  etc.,  that
                  exist or are carried on in cyberspace. For example, on the WWW
                  (World Wide Web) you can find virtual or electronic  malls and
                  storefronts.

Webmaster
                  The person responsible for administering a Web site.

WWW or Web
                  World  Wide Web -- A  hypermedia-based  system  for  accessing
                  Internet sites by clicking on hyperlinks.


                                        5

<PAGE>

ITEM 1:  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Forward-Looking Statements

         This Registration Statement contains certain forward-looking statements
that involve risks and uncertainties.  Our company's actual results could differ
materially  from those  anticipated  in these  forward-looking  statements  as a
result of a  variety  of  factors  that may or may not be  within  our  control,
including  the  risks  set  forth  in  "Risk  Factors"  and  elsewhere  in  this
Registration Statement.

Overview

         Ubrandit.com,  a Nevada corporation (together with its subsidiary,  the
"Company"  or  "Ubrandit"),  is a  development-stage  enterprise  engaged in the
development  of  specialty  Web sites  and other  online  related  services  and
products.  Our  primary  focus  is  the  "branding"  (private  labeling)  of our
destination financial and e-commerce sites on the World Wide Web to the existing
Web sites of companies  desiring to drive traffic and encourage  repeat visitors
to their respective sites.  "Private labeling" or "branding" means that when the
Company creates content for a client's Web site, the content (or Web pages) will
contain the client  company's name, logo, and navigation  buttons,  and will not
include information about Ubrandit.com. We believe that branded content provides
more credibility to a client's Web site than a linked  component,  which directs
all of the credit to the company  that created the  content.  We will  initially
focus on  providing  brandable  turnkey  systems for two of the fastest  growing
segments of the World Wide Web, financial information and e-commerce.

         The Company offers online  financial  information and related  services
through its recently acquired wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Global Investors Guide,
Inc., a California  corporation  ("Global  Investors  Guide").  Global Investors
Guide is an early stage start-up company,  which provides financial  information
services via a World Wide Web site located at www.stockstudy.com. Stockstudy.com
is a  comprehensive  financial  site that  provides  Web users with an extensive
array  of  valuable  features,   including:  stock  quotes,  personal  portfolio
management, mutual fund data, news releases, and exclusive editorial content. In
addition to the financial services provided by  Stockstudy.com,  the Company has
also launched two  additional  financial  sites since its  acquisition of Global
Investors Guide,  Irpackages.com at the Internet address  www.irpackage.com  and
Newsletterz.com located at www.newsletterz.com. The IRpackages.com site features
a fully automated  investor  relations  package request system  developed by the
Company whereby users of the Web site can request  investor  relations  packages
from   over   5,200   public   companies.   Newsletterz.com   is   a   financial
newsletter-marketing  program  that  promotes  a  growing  number  of  financial
publications from various investment  categories.  The Company is in the process
of  launching  its  initial   e-commerce   site,   JungleJeff.com,   located  at
www.junglejeff.com, which will offer books, music CDS, videos, and movie DVDs to
online purchasers.

         The  Company  was  incorporated on  December  19, 1997, in the State of
Nevada under the name of Mount Merlot Estates, Inc. In January 1999, the Company
changed its name to Virtual Brand,  Inc. In February  1999, the Company  changes
its name a second time to  Ubrandit.com.  The Company has sold equity  shares to
raise  capital,  recruit and  organize  management,  and to  commence  corporate
strategic planning and development. Other than the combined operations of Global
Investors Guide, the Company has not conducted any significant  operations as of
the date of this  Registration  Statement.  The  Company's  principal  corporate
offices are located at 12626 High Bluff Drive,  Suite 200, San Diego, CA 92130 .
Its telephone number is (858) 350-9566.



                                        6

<PAGE>

Risk Factors

         Our business is subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties.  These
include but are not limited to, the risks and  uncertainties  identified  below.
Additional risks and uncertainties that are presently not known to us or that we
deem immaterial may also impair our business operations or financial condition.

         Our company is subject to risks inherent in any new business venture.

         As discussed elsewhere in this Registration Statement, we are not fully
operational  and we  have  not  as of  yet  introduced  our  branding  services.
Therefore,  we are  unable  to  provide  any  assurance  or  guarantee  that the
marketplace will accept our branding  services and related online  products,  or
that we will be able to sell such services and products at a profit.

         Our  company  has a  limited  operating  history  and we  have  not yet
launchedour branding services and fully commenced operations.

         Other than revenues generated through our combined operations of Global
Investors  Guide, we have not as of yet generated any significant  revenues from
operations  and we are unable to provide any assurance or guarantee that we will
be able to generate any substantial  revenues in the future. Since its inception
in December 1997, our company's  principal business activities have been limited
to organizational matters, research and development activities,  the acquisition
and creation of Web site content and the  introduction of its e-commerce  sites.
Our company therefore has no significant  operating history on which to evaluate
its future  prospects and ability to implement its business plan and objectives.
We  expect  our  operating  losses  to  continue  in  the  near  future  as  our
development,  marketing and sales activities,  and operations  continue.  We are
uncertain as to when, or if, our company will ever become profitable.

         Our capital is limited and we may need additional  capital to implement
our business plan and continue operations.

         Our company has limited  operating capital and limited access to credit
facilities. We expect that additional funds will be necessary for our company to
implement its business plan, as described in this  Registration  Statement.  Our
company's continued  operations  therefore will depend upon its ability to raise
additional  funds through bank borrowings or equity or debt financing.  There is
no  assurance  that the Company will be able to obtain  additional  funding when
needed, or that such funding, if available,  can be obtained on terms acceptable
to the Company.  If the Company cannot obtain needed funds,  it may be forced to
curtail or cease its activities.

         Our  company's  success  still  depends on its  ability to attract  and
retain qualified technical and management personnel.

         At present, our company employs eleven full-time personnel plus various
consultants   in   management,   sales,   programming,   legal,   and  editorial
responsibilities.  Our company's  success will depend, in part, upon its ability
to attract and retain qualified employees,  technical consultants and management
personnel.  We are unable to provide any assurance or guarantee  that we will be
able to attract,  integrate  or retain  sufficiently  qualified  personnel.  Our
inability to retain additional  qualified personnel in the future could harm our
business.

         We  face  a  number  of  risks  associated  with  obtaining  Year  2000
compliance.

         Computer  systems,   software  packages  and  microprocessor  dependent
equipment  may cease to function or generate  erroneous  data when the Year 2000
arrives.  To correctly  identify the Year 2000, a four-digit  code field will be
required to be what is commonly  termed "Year 2000  compliant." Our business may
suffer if the systems we depend on to conduct day-to-day operations are not Year
2000 compliant. The potential areas of exposure include electronic data exchange
systems  operated  by third  parties  with which we may  transact  business  and
computers,  software,  telephone  systems  and other  equipment  that we may use
internally.


                                        7

<PAGE>

         Our systems may fail or experience a slow down.

         Our facilities  will house a variety of hardware and software  computer
systems.  Our operations  depend on our ability to protect these systems against
damage  from  fire,  earthquakes,   power  loss,   telecommunications  failures,
break-ins  and  similar  events.  Additionally,   computer  viruses,  electronic
break-ins or other similar  disruptive  problems  could harm our  operations.  A
disaster or malfunction  that disables our facility could cause an  interruption
in the production and  distribution  of our products and services,  or limit the
quantity or timeliness of updates to our productions. Our insurance policies may
not  adequately  compensate us for any losses that may occur due to any failures
or  interruptions  in our systems.  We do not presently  have a formal  disaster
recovery plan.

         The market for online services is intensely competitive.

         E-commerce and the market for online services are intensely competitive
industries.   The  Company  will  compete  against  established  companies  with
significantly greater financial,  marketing, personnel, and other resources than
the  Company.  Such  competition  could  have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's profitability.

         The market for our company's  securities is limited and may not provide
adequate liquidity.

         The Company's  Common Stock is currently  traded on the OTC  Electronic
Bulletin Board. We are unable to provide any assurance or guarantee that the OTC
Bulletin Board will provide adequate  liquidity or that a trading market will be
sustained. Holders of our company's stock may be unable to sell shares purchased
should  they  desire  to do so.  Furthermore,  it is  unlikely  that  a  lending
institution will accept our company's securities as pledged collateral.

         "Penny  stock"   regulations   may  impose  certain   restrictions   on
marketability of securities.

         The SEC has adopted regulations which generally define "penny stock" to
be an equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share.  The
Company's  Common  Stock may be subject to rules that  impose  additional  sales
practice  requirements  on  broker-dealers  who sell such  securities to persons
other than established  customers and accredited investors (generally those with
assets in excess of $1,000,000, or annual incomes exceeding $200,000 or $300,000
together  with their  spouse).  For  transactions  covered by these  rules,  the
broker-dealer must make a special suitability  determination for the purchase of
such securities and have received the  purchaser's  prior written consent to the
transaction.  Additionally, for any transaction, other than exempt transactions,
involving  a  penny  stock,  the  rules  require  the  delivery,  prior  to  the
transaction,  of a risk disclosure  document mandated by the SEC relating to the
penny stock market. The broker-dealer also must disclose the commissions payable
to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative,  current quotations
for the  securities  and, if the  broker-dealer  is the sole  market-maker,  the
broker-dealer must disclose this fact and the  broker-dealer's  presumed control
over the market.  Finally,  monthly  statements must be sent  disclosing  recent
price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the
limited  market in penny  stocks.  Consequently,  the  "penny  stock"  rules may
restrict the ability of  broker-dealers  to sell the Company's  Common Stock and
may  affect the  ability to sell the  Company's  Common  Stock in the  secondary
market.

         Our market and business technology is rapidly changing.

         To remain  competitive,  we must  continue  to enhance  and improve the
responsiveness,  functionality  and  features  of our  Web  sites  and  Internet
storefronts.   Internet  e-commerce  and  other  Internet-based  industries  are
currently  characterized  by rapid  technological  change,  changes in  customer
requirements  and  preferences,  frequent new product and service  introductions
embodying  new  technologies,  and the  emergence of new industry  standards and
practices  that could render our existing Web sites,  Internet  storefronts  and
enabling  technologies  obsolete.  If  we  are  unable,  for  technical,  legal,
financial or other reasons,  to adapt quickly to changing market  conditions and
customer  requirements,   our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations would be materially adversely affected.


                                        8

<PAGE>

         Security breached and credit card fraud could harm our business.

         A  significant  barrier to online  commerce and  communications  is the
secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. We rely on
licensed  third party  encryption and  authentication  technology to provide the
security  and  authentication   necessary  to  effect  secure   transmission  of
confidential  information,  such as customer  credit card  numbers.  Advances in
computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptolography,  or other
events or developments may result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms we
use to protect  our  customers,  transaction  data or our  software  vendors and
products.  Someone  who is  able  to  circumvent  our  security  measures  could
misappropriate proprietary information to cause interruptions in our operations.
We may be required to expend significant  capital and other resources to protect
against such security  breaches or alleviate  problems  caused by such breaches.
Such expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business,  results
of operations and financial condition.

         Because we store and transmit proprietary information,  a breach of our
security could damage our  reputation and expose us to potential  liability from
litigation and  reimbursement of losses.  We are unable to provide any assurance
that our security measures will prevent a future security breach or that, should
a  security  breach  occur,  it will not have a material  adverse  effect on our
business,  results of operations and financial  condition.  In addition,  we may
incur losses,  as have other  retailers who accept credit card payments  without
obtaining a signature, from orders placed using fraudulent or stolen credit card
information,  despite  obtaining  approvals from financial  institutions.  Under
current  commercial  banking  and  credit  card  practices,  we are  liable  for
fraudulent credit card transactions. We are unable to provide any assurance that
our security  measures will always be successful and, as a result,  could suffer
from significant losses in the future which could have a material adverse effect
on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

         Our  operations  significantly  depend upon  maintenance  and continued
improvement of the Internet's infrastructure.

         The  Internet  has   experienced,   and  is  expected  to  continue  to
experience, significant growth in the number of users and amount of traffic. Our
success  will depend upon the  development  and  maintenance  of the  Internet's
infrastructure to cope with this increased traffic. This will require a reliable
network  backbone  with  the  necessary  speed,  bandwidth,  data  capacity  and
security.  Improvement  of the Internet's  infrastructure  will also require the
timely  development of complementary  products,  such as high-speed  modems,  to
provide reliable Internet access and services.

         The Internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a
result  of damage to  portions  of its  infrastructure  and could  face  similar
outages  and delays in the  future.  Outages and delays are likely to affect the
level of Internet usage,  the level of traffic on our Web site and the number of
purchases on our Web site. In addition, the Internet could lose its viability as
a mode of commerce due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards
to  handle  increased  levels  of  activity  or  due  to  increased   government
regulation.  The adoption of new  standards or  government  regulation  may also
require us to incur substantial compliance costs.

         We may be exposed  to  liability  for  content  retrieved  from our Web
sites.

         Our exposure to  liability  from  providing  content on the Internet is
currently  uncertain.  Due  to  third  party  use  of  information  and  content
downloaded  from our Web sites,  we may be  subject  to claims  for  defamation,
negligence,  copyright, trademark or patent infringement or other theories based
on the nature and  content of online  materials.  Our  exposure  to any  related
liability, particularly for claims not covered by insurance, or in excess of any
insurance  coverage,  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on our  business,
financial  condition and results of operations.  Liability or alleged  liability
could  further harm our business by diverting the attention and resources of our
management  and  by  damaging  our  reputation  in our  industry  and  with  our
customers.


                                        9

<PAGE>

         Our industry may be subject to increased government regulation.

         As commerce  conducted on the Internet and online services  continue to
evolve,  federal,  state or foreign agencies may adopt regulations or impose new
taxes  intended to cover our  business  operations.  These  agencies may seek to
regulate areas including user privacy,  pricing, content and consumer protection
standards for our products and services.  Compliance with additional  regulation
could  hinder  our  growth or prove to be  prohibitively  expensive.  It is also
possible that the introduction of additional  regulations could expose companies
involved in Internet commerce, or the provision of content over the Internet, to
significant liability. If enacted, these government regulations could materially
adversely  affect the  viability of the Internet  commerce and online  services,
generally,  as  well  as  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

Acquisition of Global Investors Guide

         On March 11, 1999,  the Company  entered into an Agreement  and Plan of
Reorganization for the Acquisition of All the Outstanding Shares of Common Stock
of Global Investors  Guide.  Said shares were purchased from the shareholders of
Global  Investors Guide in exchange for 1,826,000 shares of the Company's common
stock.  Global  Investors Guide became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
The  transaction  was  treated  as a reverse  acquisition  and  accordingly  the
Company's audited financial statements reflect the combined  operations.  Global
Investors  Guide is a  progressive  Internet  company  that  provides  financial
information services via a Web site located at www.stockstudy.com. Headquartered
in  Del  Mar,  California,  Global  Investors  Guide  employed  eight  full-time
personnel plus various consultants in management, sales, programming, legal, and
editorial   responsibilities   at  the  time  of   acquisition.   The  Web  site
stockstudy.com provides online investors with targeted content,  including,  but
not limited to: stock quotes,  personal portfolio management,  charting,  mutual
fund data,  news  releases,  public  company  Web site  listings,  an  automated
investor relations package request system, and financial  editorial content.  At
the time of  acquisition,  Global  Investors  Guide,  in conjunction  with major
industry partners was developing a comprehensive  online e-commerce  destination
site designed to directly compete for present market share.  This site has since
developed into junglejeff.com, the Company's book, music, video, e-commerce site
discussed in detail  below.  Prior to its  acquisition  by the  Company,  Global
Investors  Guide was developing a "branding"  technology for future release with
the sales of its  private-labeled  sites to follow after completion and adequate
testing.  This branding technology has become one of the principal  technologies
of the Company as set forth below.  The Company  hired all the key  employees of
Global  Investors  Guide and has continued the  development  of the branding and
private labeling  technology.  Global  Investors Guide is the first  significant
acquisition of Company .

Business Strategy

         The  Company's  business  strategy  is to build a Company  that  offers
brandable  Web  modules to other Web sites.  The  Company is focused on creating
value for its stockholders  through revenues created by advertising,  sales, and
sponsorship  payments  on its soon to be  brandable  destination  financial  and
e-commerce  sites on the World Wide Web. The Company expects that companies with
existing Web sites  desiring to drive traffic and encourage  repeat  visitors to
their respective sites will brand the  Ubrandit.com's  destination sites thereby
increasing Ubrandit.com's e- commerce sales, the value of its advertising space,
and sponsorship  revenue.  The key components of the Company's business strategy
include the following:

         (1)      To  develop  destination  Web  sites in the  areas of  finance
                  (stock quotes,  company and financial information and reports)
                  and entertainment (books, videos, and music ).

         (2)      Upgrade   its   existing   financial   sites   Stockstudy.com,
                  newsletterz.com  and  Irpackages.com  to  brandable  sites and
                  increase and improve the content on these sites.

         (3)      Complete  development and beta testing of its e-commerce site,
                  Junglejeff.com,  make  the site  brandable,  and  continue  to
                  increase  and perfect the content of the site once the site is
                  in operation.

         (4)      Market  its  brandable  sites  and the  advertising  space and
                  sponsorships available on its main sites and branded sites.


                                       10

<PAGE>

         (5)      Continue developing and increasing the customers utilizing the
                  Company's custom Web site design and programming

         The  Company's  principal  business  objective  is to provide  "private
labeled"  and  "branded"  financial  and e-  commerce  Web-based  systems to the
Internet.  "Private  Labeling" or "branding" means that when the Company creates
content for a client's  Web site,  the  content (or Web pages) will  contain the
client  company's  name,  logo,  and navigation  buttons,  and will include very
minimal  information about Ubrandit.com.  or its affiliates.  The goal of one of
the Company's  branded sites is to have it appear to be part of the client's Web
site and to have the Web user  believe  that he or she has not left the  clients
site when  accessing  the content  available on the private  labeled  site.  The
Company  believes  that the content  provided by branded  sites will provide Web
users with  significant  incentives to visit and remain at the client's Web site
enabling  the  client to have an  increased  Web  presence.  Branded  content is
different than content  assessable by "linking".  Usually  linking occurs when a
Web user  accesses a link and is sent to a different and distinct site where the
company that created the content is located.  After  visiting the different site
the Web user has little  incentive to return to the  originating  site where the
link was found when desiring to access that specific content again.

         Through the development of completely  brandable  systems for financial
information  and  e-commerce,  the  Company  believes  that it has found a niche
within the Internet industry that has yet to have been fully exploited.  To date
the Company knows of no Internet company has positioned  itself as the leader in
this niche area. The Company believes that there will be significant  demand for
branded systems.

         The Company's current focus is on providing branded turnkey systems for
two  significant  segments  of the World  Wide Web,  financial  information  and
e-commerce.  Through technology  developed by Global Investors Guide and through
the  development of and purchase of other Web content,  it is the Company's plan
to develop valuable "sticky"  technology (content and systems which hold traffic
at Web sites) that will enable the generation of income through commission-based
programs and advertisement.

Plan of Operation

         The  Company has  financed  its  research  and  development  activities
through  the  sale  of  equity   securities  to  its   stockholders  in  private
transactions.  As of March 31, 1999, the Company had  approximately  $941,566 in
cash,  together with  approximately  $990,000 in remaining  proceeds received in
April from a recent private sale of its securities,  to conduct  operations.  At
the  current  expense  rate,  the  Company  anticipates  that such funds will be
sufficient to continue operations until the end of the third quarter of the next
fiscal  year.  Thereafter,  the Company  will be  dependent  upon the receipt of
additional capital to sustain operations.  Without additional capital,  there is
substantial uncertainty about the ability of the Company to achieve its business
plan.

         The Company intends to commence providing branding services to approved
clients by August 1999, and to continue its research and development  efforts to
the extent permitted by available financing

         The  Company's  principal  focus over the remainder of this fiscal year
and for the first six months of fiscal 2000 will be to complete the  development
of its branding  technology.  The Company uses outside  programmers and computer
technicians  as  well as  Company  employees  in its  research  and  development
efforts. The Company also plans, as part of its development efforts, to increase
the amount of content and the  quality of the content on all of its sites.  This
will involve extensive  programming to increase the ease of use of the Web sites
and the overall  presentation of the sites so that users of the site will find a
hassle free, friendly and exciting  environment.  The Company believes that such
improvements  will increase Web traffic and the length of time that users are on
its  affiliated  sites  thereby,  which will  increase the  potential for higher
advertising revenues.  The Company expects to increase the number of programmers
employed  to four  over  the  next  year  and to  continue  its  outsourcing  of
programmers. It is expected that two more outsourcing firms will be added to the
Company's research and development  outsourcing  program over the next year. The
Company  plans to control  costs by  extensively  utilizing  outsourcing  in the
future.  It is possible that the Company may encounter  opportunities to acquire
strategic  Internet related entities and/or content providers for the purpose of
consolidation or expansion of its current operations. Any such acquisition would
be outside the scope of our management's  currently  anticipated  workload.  The
Company  may be  required to raise  additional  capital  and recruit  additional
qualified management personnel to lead and supervise these efforts. In the event


                                       11

<PAGE>

that the Company  decides to make an  acquisition,  these  operational and other
issues will be addressed as part of the acquisition evaluation.

         The Company also plans to increase the "stickiness" of its sites by the
acquisition of more and improved content to the existing sites.  With regards to
the e-commerce  site,  Junglejeff.com,  this would mean the  acquisition of more
products to sell. At present the Company is researching  the  development of sub
sites for computer products and auction based e-commerce. The Company plans also
to enter into other  strategic  alliances  with product  providers such as those
providing  the book,  music , and video  products  to offer a larger  number and
greater  variety of products.  The Company  expects to increase the  information
available  on its  financial  sites and  significantly  increase the database of
public companies  available on  irpackages.com.  The Company intends to allocate
additional  capital to  recruit  and train  additional  qualified  personnel  to
implement this expansion strategy. The Company plans to continue to increase the
quality of the quotes,  portfolio management,  charting, and company information
available  on the site  stockstudy.com.  This  will be done  through  additional
programming  and  development of the site and by the purchase of additional data
feeds from data providers. The Company also plans to increase the attractiveness
of  newsletterz.com  by  increasing  both the number and variety of news letters
available on the site. The Company has allocated  additional personnel to market
the service to the newsletter community.

         Through the first six (6) months of the next fiscal  year,  the Company
plans to  purchase  approximately  $200,000  in  computer  equipment  which will
include servers, hubs, routers,  Internet connectivity lines, and work stations.
The  Company  expects  that this  equipment  will be  capable of  servicing  the
projected  number of users on the Company's  e-commerce  sites and content sites
over this period.  The Company's computer systems are scalable and if the number
of Internet  users  accessing the sites exceed  expectations  more funds will be
allocated to the purchase of  additional  servers and  connectivity  lines.  The
Company  expects  that the  present  office  space  that it is  leasing  will be
adequate to  accommodate  the growth of the Company  through the end of the next
fiscal  year.  The Company  uses  off-site  server  providers  in secure  server
locations to house most of its Internet server computers and expects to continue
this practice in the foreseeable future.

         The Company  expects to hire four  additional  programmers and computer
technicians  during  the  remainder  of this year and the first half of the next
fiscal year and expects to extensively employ outside computer  consultants on a
project by project basis. The Company will be hiring approximately twelve people
to work in a newly formed marketing department.  This new department will market
the services and products of the Company including:  selling  advertising on the
Company's sites and associates  sites,  marketing the associates  program to the
Companies and institutions that have Web sites that could benefit from a branded
e-commerce or financial site, and selling custom  programming to Web Sites.  The
Company  also  expects to hire an  additional  ten  technicians  to support  the
operations of the e-commerce  site,  and an additional  five persons for general
administrative purposes.

Principal Markets

         The Company  initially will focus on two principal markets on the World
Wide Web: the market for  financial  services  and  information  (stock  quotes,
personal  portfolio  management,  charting,  mutual  fund data,  news  releases,
automated  investor  relations package request system,  and financial  editorial
content) and the market for entertainment  products and services (books, videos,
and music ).

         The Company  expects to generate the majority of its revenue through 1)
revenues derived from the sale of products via e-commerce (through the Company's
main sites and through the Company's client (associate  branded sites)),  2) the
sale of advertisement space (on main sites and on client sites), 3) Fees Charged
for custom Web site  design and  programming,  and 4) Fees  charged  for graphic
customization of the branded content on individual associate sites.

Marketing

         The Company  plans to implement an aggressive  marketing  campaign over
the next 12 months.  The  Company  expect to finance  the bulk of its  marketing
expenses  through  the future  sale of its equity  securities.  The  Company has
allocated   approximately   $200,000  to  finance  the  cost  of  marketing  its
destination Web sites and related products over the next six months.  Additional


                                       12

<PAGE>

funds will be  required to  implement  the  Company's  marketing  strategy.  The
Company has  determined  that the most effective way to market its products will
be  through   multiple  media   advertising   campaigns,   including   Web-based
advertisements,  targeted  mailings,  and print and  radio  advertisements.  The
Company  will also  benefit as its client base grows since the Company  plans to
control  the  advertising  space  on its  branded  sites.  The  Company  expects
advertising exposure to increase as the Company develops more branded sites.

         The potential  customers of the Company are significant  since many Web
sites  are  constantly  searching  for new  "sticky"  content  to  differentiate
themselves from their competition and to encourage repeat visits by their users.
The Company  believes that its products  will appeal to virtually  every type of
Web site that provides  content and will represent very  significant  savings to
these  sites over the  development  of  similar  sticky  solutions  by their own
programmers.

Initial Marketing Prospects

         The Company has targeted several  different types of Internet sites for
its initial marketing effort over the next 12 months.  The Company believes that
these sites would  significantly  benefit  from  branding  its sticky  financial
information  and  e-commerce  systems and  therefore  be most  receptive  to its
marketing efforts. The Company plans to hire twelve additional sales and service
personnel  to service  these new  accounts.  As of this time the Company has not
completed  its  branding  technology  nor  has  it  entered  into  any  branding
agreements with Web Site owners.

         Portal  Sites (an example of some very large  portal  sites are Excite,
Yahoo!, and Netscape's  Netcenter) are continuously adding and searching for new
sticky content to help ensure that they are able to keep users glued onsite. The
Company believes that its brandable products could significantly  assist portals
that  want  to add  powerful  sticky  content  without  providing  links  to the
competition.  Though  some very large  sites may already  have  agreements  with
sticky content providers,  the Company will market to other portals which are as
yet unaffiliated with financial  information or e-commerce systems or sites that
wish to upgrade their present systems to the sophistication of a branded system.

         The Company  believes that many financial sites will be able to benefit
from the Company's  products.  For example,  many  financial  information  sites
provide  services such as stock quotes and personal  portfolio  management,  but
lose users to other  sites  when it comes to other  important  features  such as
financial editorial content and e- commerce capabilities. The Company could also
market to such sites its newsletterz.com and irpackages.com sites.
 The Company  expects to fulfill  these needs when its  branding  technology  is
competed.

         Many radio  station  Web sites  currently  do not offer  their users an
online  music  CD  store.  The  Company  believes  that  this is a  market  with
significant  potential for exposure to the Company's  branded  e-commerce stores
and the sale of music  products.  The  Company  expects  that its  future  radio
station  partners  will be able to customize  their stores in order to appeal to
the music preferences of the station's listeners.  For its marketing effort over
the next  twelve  months  the  Company  has  compiled  a data  base of radio and
television stations, daily weekly newspapers, and magazines and plans to promote
its products to these  companies  as soon as the  Company's  e-commerce  site is
available  for  branding.  The  Company  expects  to  generate  low  or no  cost
advertising  from radio  stations that sign up for its branded  sites;  stations
stand to benefit when their listeners  visit their Web sites.  The Company plans
to give its partners the opportunity to earn commissions from sales of music CDS
and other  merchandise that listeners  purchase from the radio station's branded
store.

         The Company will also be marketing its sticky  e-commerce and financial
sites to  Community  Sites.  Community  Sites (some  examples of some very large
community sites are Geocities and the Mining Company) create  "fraternities"  of
users by  providing  Community-building  features  such as  personal  Web pages,
networking  opportunities,  and free e-mail services.  A typical  Community Site
organizes its site's  features in ways that entice users into  visiting  various
areas of the site on a regular basis.  When successful,  the site's users become
accustomed to frequenting the site for specific information and interaction with
users of similar  interests.  The  Company's  products  cover  topics  with such
wide-range  appeal (from the financial  markets to entertainment  products) that
the  Company  believes  that  its  branded  sites  will  represent   significant
additional assets to Community Sites.

         The Company  believes  that one of the key  benefits of its  e-commerce
site is that it will be  highly  customizable  to the  partner  when  all of the
technology is completed.  The Company  believes this will be appealing to a wide
selection of  sites such  as sports, travel, automotive and health related sites


                                       13

<PAGE>

where the site could tailor its branded e- commerce store to increase the time a
user spends on his site and the users repeat visits. For example a partner sport
related site could select and showcase specific sports books,  videos,  and DVDs
relating to its site.

Sticky Technology

         The Company  believes that  "stickiness"  is one of the most  important
trends on today's  Internet.  As the word would imply,  stickiness means finding
ways of keeping Web users glued to a particular Web site.

         While a Web user may utilize a Web site for a specific purpose, such as
the  purchasing of computer  hardware,  the moment the need arises for something
else, such as a stock quote or book purchase, the user is off to another site if
the current site does not provide the desired content.  The key to stickiness is
providing users with so much useful content that they are able to find virtually
everything they need onsite.

         The  Company  has taken  that  model  one step  further  by  developing
integrated  systems that when  completed  will provide the client  company's Web
site with an array of  important  content  that will be branded  with the client
company's name, logo, and color scheme - not those of Ubrandit.com.

         Prior to acquisition and now as part of the Company,  Global  Investors
Guide, has been developing a diverse suite of  sophisticated  Web sites with the
purpose of  "branding"  the sites to clients as sticky  solutions.  Three  major
sites   are    completed    www.stockstudy.com    ,    www.irpackage.com,    and
www.newsletterz.com.    The   Company   has    launched    its   fourth    site,
www.junglejeff.com  and is  presently  beta  testing  the  site.  The  Company's
destination  Web sites  have  been  designed  to  reflect  the  latest in sticky
technologies. The Company expects to release its proprietary branding technology
in the third  calendar  quarter of 1999 and begin  branding its sites to clients
shortly thereafter.

Branding Technology

         The  Company  uses  the  terms   "branding"   and  "private   labeling"
interchangeably.  The goal of the Company's proprietary branding technology,  is
to provide  private  labeled  content to client  sites  whereby the content will
appear to belong  exclusively  to the client  company.  This will be achieved by
incorporating the client company's name, logo,  Web-color scheme, and navigation
into the content.  The Company's  destination Web sites have been designed to be
"transparent" in the way client sites access the branded  content.  The branding
content  is  designed  so that the user will not  notice  the  change in content
provider  when they  leave the  client's  site and enter the  Company's  branded
content.  This  is  unlike  the  traditional   "affiliate"  model  or  "linking"
arrangement where the user is typically transferred directly to the main site of
the company  that  created the content.  The Company  believes  that the lack of
transparency  in the traditional  affiliate  model and linking  arrangement is a
major  shortcoming.  In many  cases the user will  eventually  just  bypass  the
affiliate site in favor of going directly to the content provider. The Company's
systems have been  designed so that the user will not be aware of the  Company's
destination   sites,   JungleJeff.com,    StockStudy.com,   Irpackages.com,   or
newsletterz.com.  This is key in that then  users  will not be tempted to bypass
the  clients  site and also it will  enable  the  Company  to run a  variety  of
e-mail-based  promotions  designed to drive traffic back to our clients'  sites.
The Company expects to begin branding its destination  sites to approved clients
by August 1999.

The Company's Brandable Sticky Solutions

         Stockstudy.com

         Located on the  Internet  at  www.stockstudy.com,  stockstudy.com  is a
comprehensive  financial site that provides Web users with an extensive array of
sticky features including:  stock quotes, personal portfolio management,  mutual
fund data, news releases,  and exclusive editorial content. The Company plans to
add several new features to the site over the remainder of 1999 including adding
data feeds that provide additional news sources and editorial comment.

         Upon  completion of its branding  technology the Company  expects to be
able to brand  stockstudy.com  to Web  sites  that  either do not have a finance
center or wish to upgrade their finance center - a customer base that includes a
significant  portion of Web sites on the Internet.  There are thousands of sites


                                       14

<PAGE>

that currently "link" to other sites for finance  content.  The Company believes
that a  significant  number  of  these  sites  would  take  advantage  of a cost
effective  and  sophisticated  private  labeled  finance  center  if it was made
available  to them.  It is the goal of the  Company's  private  labeled  finance
center  to appear as part of the  client's  Web site - not as a link to  another
company's  financial content.  With enhanced content the Web user will have more
of an incentive to visit and remain at a client's site.

         Newsletterz.com

         Located on the Internet at  www.newsletterz.com,  Newsletterz.com  is a
unique financial  newsletter-marketing program that promotes a growing number of
publications from various investment categories.  Investors can sample dozens of
respected  financial  publications  and read daily  market  commentary  from the
editors.

         When the Company's  branding  technology  is complete,  Newsletterz.com
will provide  clients with an opportunity to earn revenue from the sale of trial
subscriptions.  Users of the site will be able to purchase  long-term  and trial
subscriptions  directly from the site.  The Company  plans to generate  revenues
from the sale of trial  subscriptions by a client's site shared with the client.
It is expected that newsletterz.com will be available as a stand-alone brandable
product and also as an integrated part of stockstudy.com.

         IR Packages.com

         IR packages.com is located on the Internet at  www.irpackages.com.  The
"IR" in IR  Packages.com  stands for "Investor  Relations."  Investor  relations
packages  are a  resource  that  many  investors  require  when  evaluating  the
investment  merits of a company.  A typical IR package  includes  the  company's
corporate  profile,  recent press  releases,  recent public  filings,  and other
pertinent company information.

         The Company has developed a fully  automated IR package request system.
Users  simply  utilize the site's  search  engine to find the  company  they are
interested  in  receiving  an IR  package  from,  and click  "send."  The system
automatically  sends an e-mail to the IR department of the selected company with
the user's contact  information  and request.  The IR department of the specific
company  then  makes a  determination  on the  disposition  of the  request.  IR
packages.com  already  has  included  in its data base more than 5,200  publicly
traded  companies  and is on  pace to add a  significant  number  of  additional
companies by the end of the third calendar quarter of 1999.

         IR Packages.com  is an integrated part of the Company's  stockstudy.com
and it is expected that the site will also be available as a separate  brandable
product.

         JungleJeff.com

         Launched on June 8,1999 and currently in beta  testing,  JungleJeff.com
is a large e-commerce site that currently features music,  videos, and DVDs. The
site is located  on the Web at  www.junglejeff.com.  The site's  book store will
soon be completed and it is expected that other product lines will be added over
time. Once branding technology is complete,  the Company will be able to private
label  JungleJeff.com  to Web sites  that  either  do not have an  entertainment
presence or wish to upgrade their entertainment  presence,  a customer base that
potentially  encompasses a significant portion of Web sites on the Internet.  As
is the case  with  finance  centers,  there  are  thousands  of Web  sites  that
currently  link to other sites for their  entertainment  presence via associates
programs (associate sites earn commissions through the generation of sales). The
Company  believes that a significant  number of these sites would take advantage
of a cost effective and sophisticated private labeled  entertainment  e-commerce
site if it was made available to them. The Company plans through  JungleJeff.com
to  offer  client  companies  an  affiliate  revenue  sharing  program.   It  is
anticipated  that an affiliate  site,  when the technology is complete,  will be
able to  customize  their  store to  highlight  certain  categories  and  items,
according to their respective needs.

         The  products  that are sold through  Junglejeff.com,  similar to other
e-commerce  sites,  are  purchased  from large music and book  distributors  and
resold to buyers  purchasing  on the Web.  Currently  the Company has a contract
with a major industry distributor to provide its music, book, and video products
through a drop shipment program. Pursuant to the program products purchased on a
retail Web site are drop shipped to the customer on an as  available  basis.  No
specific  inventory  has been  designated  as  belonging  to the Company and the
Company only purchases the inventory as it fulfills orders. The Company has also


                                       15

<PAGE>

contracted  with major industry data providers to provide the book,  music,  and
video data base feeds. These data feeds that appear on the Company's destination
sites (and the Company's branded sites when the technology is completed),  allow
purchasers  to view  video,  book,  or music  jackets  and  pricing,  biographic
synopsis,  and other  information  about the products that are being sold. Since
the  Company  will rely  exclusively  on the drop  shipment  program  run by its
distributors,  the Company will not keep an inventory of its products. Since the
Company will not keep its own inventory,  products will only be available to the
Web purchaser if they are currently in stock or as they become  available to the
Company's distributors.  The Company's system updates distributor's inventory on
a weekly  basis.  Products  are  purchased  exclusively  by credit  card and the
Company processes said credit card purchases through CyberCash,  Inc. of Reston,
Virginia, a provider of secure electronic payment solutions. The Company insures
secure  Internet  transactions  by  the  use  of  VeriSign,  of  Mountain  View,
California,  a provider of Public Key  Infrastructure  (PKI) and digital  credit
solutions used by Web sites to conduct  communications and transactions over the
Internet.  Products are purchased from distributors on an as available basis. If
the product is not available  within 15 days then the purchaser will be notified
by e-mail and have the opportunity to cancel the order. The Company has a return
policy that a customer  may return any unused  item for a full  refund  provided
that the customer returns it to the Company in its original  condition within 15
days following receipt of order.  Shipping costs are only refunded if the return
in due to an error on the part of the Company.

Revenue Sources

         The Company has in previous years generated  revenue from list rentals,
sponsorship advertising,  and design of Web sites. The Company anticipates these
sources  will not to be as  significant  in the future  due to the in  Company's
change in planning.  As stated  previously in this section the main focus of the
Company is on new areas of revenue generation, specifically, e-commerce, selling
Web site advertising, and graphic customization. Though not a primary focus, the
Company will also  continue  its Web site  development  and to seek  sponsorship
advertising.

         E-commerce

         The  Company  recently  launched a beta  version of its site on June 8,
1999.  No  significant  revenues  have been  earned by the site and there are no
material backorders. The Company expects to earn revenues on items (books, music
CDS,  Videos,  DVDs,  etc.) sold via its  e-commerce  site  JungleJeff.com.  The
Company plans to earn revenues on items sold through  partnered  versions of the
site upon the  completion  of the  Company's  branding  technology.  The Company
anticipates offering discounts on items sold through  JungleJeff.com and through
branded  versions of the site. The Company plans to pay a commission to partners
on sales generated by their branded sites.

         The Company's  other source of revenue  generation  from  e-commerce is
through the sale of financial newsletter trial subscriptions from StockStudy.com
and  Newsletterz.com.   To  date  no  significant  revenues  have  been  earned.
(Newsletterz.com is an integrated part of StockStudy.com and is expected to also
be available to partners as a separate  brandable product upon completion of the
Company's  branding  technology).  The Company  plans to pay its partner sites a
commission on all trial subscription revenue generated by their branded sites.

         Advertising

         To date  the  Company  has not  earned  any  significant  revenue  from
advertising.  Currently  the layouts of the  Company's  branded and  destination
sites allow for one large  banner ad and up to two smaller  banner ads per page.
The Company plans to follow the generally  accepted  guidelines for  advertising
fees on the  World  Wide  Web.  Ad  fees  are  generally  calculated  through  a
combination of the following two criteria:  1) The number of page views received
(each time a banner ad has the opportunity of being seen by a user counts as one
page view);  2) The  popularity of the host site (and the popularity of specific
pages of the host site).  Typically,  Web sites charge  advertisers by CPM (cost
per thousand) page views. The Company plans to follow this general model.

         The  Company  plans to charge  fees that are  commensurate  with  these
criteria.  As mentioned  above,  the Company  currently plans on controlling the
advertising  space on its destination  and branded sites.  Therefor the value of
the  Company's  advertising  space should  increase as the size of the Company's
partner base grows.



                                       16

<PAGE>

         Graphic Customization

         The Company plans to charge a fee to partners who wish to customize and
have their official  corporate logo integrated  into their branded  Web-content.
Depending on the level of customization  required, the Company plans to charge a
fee accordingly. Though no assurances can be given, management believes that the
amount of revenue from this area could be significant  if a large  percentage of
partners opt for graphic customization.

         Web Site Development

         In addition to providing private labeled  Web-content to partner sites,
the  Company  plans to  continue  and  expand  its  custom  Web site  design and
programming for clients who wish to upgrade their existing Web presence.

         The Company is not  dependent on any large  customer but  conversely is
dependent  upon  various  individual  Web sites  deciding to have the  Company's
branded content appear on their  respective Web sites. The Company believes that
the e-commerce and financial  sites are suited for large  corporate Web sites or
small  individual  sites.  Since the Web  sites  will be able to  customize  the
branded content with regards to the color,  logo, and highlighted  content,  the
branded  content should be readily able to integrate into the look and feel of a
specific site whether it be a large car company or a small  independent  service
provider.  It is in the  Company's  best  interest to make their  sites  readily
brandable  so  that  there  is  maximum  exposure  to the  products  sold by its
e-commerce  sites and the  advertisement  space  available on its e-commerce and
financial  sites.  The Company  expects  that its  e-commerce  business  will be
seasonal in the same respect that any retail business is seasonal,  with greater
sales expected in the holiday seasons.

Proprietary Technology and Research and Development

         The Company does not have any patents on any of its Internet processes.
The Company  does have  various  technologies  that it has  developed  which are
proprietary.  The  Company  expects  that  upon  delivery  of  said  proprietary
processes and technology to the market place that  competitors  will attempt and
possibly may successfully  replicate certain advantageous processes developed by
the Company's that are part of its branding technology.  The Company has applied
for Trademark protection with regards to its name and logo. The current business
strategy  of  the  Company  focusing  on the  development  and  branding  of its
destination Web sites has resulted in the Company expending  significant amounts
of its resources on research and development.  The Company estimates that during
the past two years  the that it has  spent  approximately  $312,000  on  Company
sponsored  research  and  development.  The  dollar  amount  spent  on  research
activities sponsored by customers is not a material amount.

Competition

         The Internet  market is extremely  competitive,  new, and dynamic.  The
Company will be competing with  companies  that have far greater  resources than
that of the Company.  The Company, a startup company,  will be competing against
Company's with far greater experience and better funding. Though the competition
is formidable  management believes that because of the dynamics and huge breadth
of Web e-commerce  that there are certain areas of e-commerce  where the Company
can compete effectively.  Through the development of private labeled systems for
financial  information and e-commerce,  the Company believes that it has found a
niche within the Internet industry that has yet to be fully exploited.  To date,
the Company  believes  that no Internet  company  has  positioned  itself as the
leader in this niche area.

         It is management's  opinion that when the Company's branding technology
is  completed  its value as a content  provider to the Web sites of its partners
will stem from  several  distinct  areas,  including:  the  appeal of  brandable
content,  the turnkey nature of its content,  the Company's  planned no-cost (or
nominal fee charged for graphic customization) to participate model, the ability
for a partner to customize their  e-commerce  store to reflect the unique nature
of their business, and the expected breadth of the Company's products.

         It is management's  opinion that content providers  represent the major
competition  to the  Company as they are vying for  similar  relationships  with
third-party Internet marketers.  The Company's major competitors  generally fall
into the following two categories (1) e-commerce  sites,  such as Amazon.com and
BarnesandNoble.com, provide third-party sites with affiliate programs similar to
the  partnering  programs  the  Company  will  be  offering  when  its  branding
technology is complete. Larger sites may also keep an inventory of certain books
and music and thus may be able to deliver products that are not available to the
Company through its  distributors.  Also some of the larger sites may be able to
deliver  certain  products  out of  inventory  on a more  timely  basis then the
Company.  (2) Financial  Information  Providers,  such as CBS Marketwatch and PC
Quote, Inc. provide third-party sites with comprehensive  financial  information
(stock quotes,  market news, etc.) much like stockstudy.com.  Many of the larger
sites have the advantages of "tie ins" with radio,  print,  and television media
that give them significantly greater exposure then that available to the Company
primarily dependent upon exposure through the Web.


                                       17

<PAGE>

         The Company believes that its branding  program has certain  advantages
not offered by the "affiliate  programs" offered by other e-commerce  providers.
Generally  affiliate  programs work similar to the  following.  Destination  Web
sites will  advertise  a number of books,  CDS,  or videos from one of the large
e-commerce  sites  offering  the  products,  such as books  that  pertain to the
destination Web site's business. When a visitor to the site takes an interest in
a book (by "clicking" a link or picture of the book's jacket cover), the user is
instantly transferred to the e-commerce Web site.

         That model has been generally very successful for these  e-commerce Web
sites.  The  e-commerce  site  generates   additional  traffic  and  sells  more
merchandise,   users  enjoy  the  shopping  and  browsing  experience  that  the
e-commerce  content  provides,  and the affiliate site hopefully  generates more
repeat users and gets a commission  on certain sales the  e-commerce  site makes
from its users.

         The  Company's  program will be  different  providing  partners  with a
series of Web sites, any of which can be customized and "private labeled" to the
partner's  existing site. By incorporating  the partner company's logo and color
scheme,  the Company will be able to add  sophisticated  sticky content with the
general  "touch and feel" of the client's own Web site.  Customers  who click on
the Company's  branded content will  technically be transported to the Company's
servers;  however,  the  change  should  be  transparent  to the  customer.  The
transition should be such that the Web site visitor would be unaware that he has
left the partner's  site. The Company  believes that the lack of transparency in
the traditional affiliate model is a major shortcoming because in many cases the
user may eventually just bypass the affiliate site in favor of going directly to
the  content  provider.  Also once the user  becomes a customer  of the  content
provider many times the content  provider markets directly to the user bypassing
the affiliate  site that directed the business.  It is the present  intention of
the Company to redirect traffic back to the Company's branded sites with certain
marketing campaigns which the Company believes will increase the "sticky" nature
of the branded sites.

Governmental Regulation

         The Company  will be subject to  regulation  by state,  federal,  local
authorities,  with regards to content,  copyright and Federal  Trade  Commission
regulations.  No assurance can be given that unforeseen  regulations will not be
adopted by the governmental  authorities prohibiting the Company from conducting
business as planned or once in business  limiting  the success of said  business
operations through the expense of complying with new regulations.

Employees

         The  Company   currently  has  11  full-time   personnel  plus  various
consultants in management,  sales, Internet and technology computer application,
programming,   legal,  and  editorial   responsibilities.   The  Company  relies
significantly  on outsourcing of its computer  programming and other  consulting
needs and plans to control costs by  extensively  utilizing  outsourcing  in the
future.  Management  of the  Company  expects to hire  additional  employees  as
needed.

         Further  reference  is made  to the  Company's  Consolidated  Financial
Statements,  and the notes included  therein and to the  subsection  "Management
Discussion  and  Analysis"  included  in  Item 3 with  regards  to the  Company'
business and planning.


                                       18

<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Summary of Certain Information

Capitalization

         The following table sets forth the  capitalization  of Ubrandit.com and
subsidiary at March 31, 1999. This table should be read in conjunction  with the
Consolidated  Financial Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this
Information Statement.

                                                               March 31,
                                                                 1999
                                                            --------------
Short Term Debt.........................................$         150,000

Long Term Debt..........................................            --0--

Shareholders' equity:

     Common Stock, $0.001 par value,
         25,000,000 shares authorized;
         8,756,000 shares issued and
         outstanding....................................            8,756

     Additional paid-in capital.........................          974,270

     Retained earnings (deficit)........................         (282,139)
         Total shareholders' equity ....................          700,887
              Total capitalization......................          850,887
                                                            ==============


                                       19

<PAGE>

SUMMARY OF HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

         The  following  table,  which sets forth  certain  historical  combined
financial data for the  Ubrandit.com  and subsidiary for the period  December 3,
1996 to  September  30, 1997,  the year ended  September  30, 1998,  and the six
months  ended March 31, 1999,  has been  derived  from the audited  consolidated
Ubrandit.com and subsidiary financial  statements.  The selected historical data
as of and for the six months ended March 31, 1998,  is unaudited and was derived
from the accounting records of Ubrandit.com.  In the opinion of management,  the
historical  consolidated  financial statements of Ubrandit.com and subsidiary as
of September 30, 1997 and 1998, and for the period December 3, 1996 to September
30,  1997,  and the year ended  September  30,  1998,  and as of March 31,  1998
(unaudited) and 1999, and for the six months then ended,  included all adjusting
entries (consisting only of normal recurring  adjustments)  necessary to present
fairly the information set forth therein.  Historical  financial data may not be
indicative of the Company's future performance.  This information should be read
in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the Historical Combined Financial  Statements and
notes  thereto  included  elsewhere  herein.  Historical  earnings per share and
dividend data have not been  presented,  as the Company was not a  publicly-held
company during the periods presented below.


<TABLE>
(In Thousands)
<CAPTION>
                                         For the                              Six months
                                         period     Year ended     Ended      Six months
                                       December 3,   September    March 31,     Ended
                                         1996          30,          1998      March 31,
                                     To September     1998      (Unaudited)     1999
                                          30,
                                         1997
                                      ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA
Revenue                                 $86.4        $341.9      $274.7        $51.0
Operating expenses                       78.0         443.4       239.0        224.1
Operating income (loss)                   8.4        (101.6)       35.7       (173.0)
Other (expense) net                         0         (13.0)       (5.9)        (1.2)
Income (loss) before income taxes         8.4        (114.7)       29.8       (174.2)
Income taxes                              1.6             0           0            0
Net income (loss)                        $6.8       $(114.7)      $29.8      $(174.2)
</TABLE>


                                       20

<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

General

         Since its inception,  the main activity of the Company,  an early stage
startup Company, has been organizational.  The Company has sold equity shares to
raise  capital,  recruited and  organized  management,  has commenced  corporate
strategic  planning,  and has engaged in the limited  development of destination
Web sites and the branding and private labeling of systems for the Company.  The
Company has conducted no significant operations to date. Though no assurance can
be given,  management  expects the Company to launch its brandable book,  music,
video store and its brandable financial and other related financial sites in the
final quarter of the current fiscal year ending  September 30, 1999. Even though
the Company expects to generate revenues from advertising, e-commerce sales, and
custom  programming  during the next fiscal year,  management  expects that, the
Company will continue to operate at a loss for the foreseeable  future. On March
11, 1999,  the Company  purchased all of the common  shares of Global  Investors
Guide  and  Global  Investors  Guide  became a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the
Company.  Global  Investors  Guide is an  Internet  development  Company  with a
limited operating history.  As of March 31, 1999, the Company owns approximately
$93,886 in tangible property, less depreciation of approximately $15,061.

Recent Events

         The Company's most recent audited financial  statements are as of March
31, 1999.  In March of this year the Company  negotiated a conversion of debt to
shares of Common stock with two creditors of the Company converting  $264,251 in
debt to  500,000  shares  of  Common  Stock.  The  negotiations  and  conversion
agreements  were  reached  in March  and are  mentioned  in Note 13  "Subsequent
Events" of the  audited  financial  statements,  but the shares  were not issued
until April of 1999 and thus the debt conversion and the additional  issuance of
shares is not  reflected in the  financial  statements  by either a reduction of
liabilities or an increase in the shares outstanding.  Also, subsequent to March
31, 1999, 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock were purchased for $1.00 per share in
April of this year by accredited  persons investing in a private offering of the
Company's  Common Shares pursuant to Regulation D, Rule 506,  promulgated  under
the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended.  The  offering  and  sale of  these
additional  shares is not reflected in the audited  financial  statements or the
notes to the financial statements.

Results of Operation

         Six month period ended March 31, 1999, compared to the six month period
ended March 31, 1998

         Consolidated  revenues for the six months  ended March 31,  1999,  were
$51,060,  as compared to revenues of $274,676  for the period  ending  March 31,
1998,  representing a cumulative  decrease of approximately 81%. The decrease in
revenues was  principally  due to the change in the  Company's  business  focus.
During the six month period ended March 31, 1998, the Company generated revenues
from  the  sale of  sponsorships  and  advertising  space  on its  comprehensive
financial  Web  site  and the sale of its  financial  newsletter  subscriptions.
Previously,  the Company's  business  model  contemplated  the  development  and
maintenance of a  comprehensive  financial Web site, the selling of sponsorships
on the  site,  and  the  marketing  and  selling  of its  Web  site's  financial
newsletter.   The  Company  subsequently  changed  its  business  focus  to  the
development of its branding technology and "brandable destination Web sites."

         Operating expenses consist of direct operating expenses, sales, general
and administrative  expenses,  and other operating expenses.  Operating expenses
were $224,141  during the period ended March 31, 1999, in comparison to $238,976
for the period ended March 31, 1998. However, operating expenses as a percentage
of revenues  increased  approximately  352% to approximately 439% for the period
ended March 31,  1998,  as compared to 87% for the period  ended March 31, 1997.
The  increase  was  primarily  due to the decline in revenues and an increase in
research and development  expenses  relating to the Company's change in business
strategy.

         Net losses from  operations  for the six months  ended March 31,  1999,
were $173,081 as compared to net  operating  income of $35,700 for the six month
period  ended March 31, 1998.  The net losses  during the period ended March 31,
1999,  were  due  to the  decline  in  revenue  and  increase  in  research  and
development  costs relating to the Company's  implementation of its new business
plan.

         Fiscal  year ended  September  30,  1998,  compared  to the period from
December 3, 1996, to September 30, 1997

         Consolidated  revenues  for the fiscal year ended  September  30, 1998,
were  $341,887,  as  compared  to  revenues  of $86,390  for the  period  ending
September 30, 1997,  representing a cumulative  increase of approximately  296%.


                                       21

<PAGE>

The increase in revenues was principally due to the additional revenues that the
Company  was  able to  generate  from  its  expanded  sale of  sponsorships  and
advertising, custom programming and design, and subscriptions.

         Operating expenses consist of direct operating expenses, sales, general
and administrative  expenses,  and other operating expenses.  Operating expenses
were $443,481  during the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998, in comparison to
$78,027 for the period ended  September  30, 1997,  representing  an increase of
approximately  468% over the preceding  fiscal year.  The increase was primarily
due to the increased research,  development, and marketing costs associated with
the Company's change in business focus during the latter part of the fiscal year
ended September 30, 1998.

         Net losses  from  operations  for the fiscal year ended  September  30,
1998, were $101,594 as compared to net operating income of $8,363 for the fiscal
year ended September 30, 1997. The increase in net losses during the fiscal year
ended  September  30,  1998,  was due to the decline in revenue and  increase in
research,   development   and   marketing   costs   relating  to  the  Company's
implementation of its new business plan.

Certain Balance Sheet Items

         In comparing  the Balance  sheet as of March 31, 1998 to September  30,
1998, current assets increased from $65 thousand to $954 thousand.  The increase
was principally due to cash received from a private equity financing pursuant to
Regulation D, Rule 504,  promulgated  under the  Securities  Act of 1933.  Total
assets  increased  from $100  thousand  to $1.024  million on the March 31, 1998
balance sheet  compared to the balance sheet on September 30, 1998. The increase
was due to the  increase in cash as noted above and an increase in property  and
equipment  (primarily  computer  hardware  and  software),  net  of  accumulated
depreciation.  Current liabilities increased from $200 thousand to $323 thousand
on the March 31, 1998 balance  sheet  compared to the balance sheet on September
30, 1998. This increase was due to increases in accrued expenses and amounts due
to a related party.

Liquidity and Capital Resources.

         At present,  the Company is not  producing  revenues  and only  limited
revenues are being  produced by its wholly  owned  subsidiary  Global  Investors
Guide.  The  Company's  main source of funds has been the sale of the  Company's
equity  securities.  The Company has issued 7,930,000 shares of its Common Stock
for  approximately  $1,975,000,  including  the most recent  offering  and after
deduction of estimated offering expenses,  has exchanged 1,826,000 shares of its
Common Stock for all the  outstanding  shares of Global  Investors Guide and has
converted  264,251  in debt to 500,000  shares  issued to two  creditors  of the
Company.  The Company had $941,566 in cash as of the date of its latest audit as
set forth in Exhibit "B" Financial Statements. Since March 31st 1999 the Company
has raised  approximately  $1,000,000 in cash, less offering expenses  estimated
under $10,000,  by the sale of Common Stock in a recent offering,  as referenced
above.  This cash is at  present  being used  mainly to  develop  and market the
Company's destination Web sites and its co-branding and private label technology
and to fund certain ongoing general and administrative  expenses plus consulting
expense with the total of such expenses  estimated by Management to be in excess
of $90,000 per month. The Company will need to raise  additional  capital either
by the sale of it's securities or by alternative  funding  methods,  to meet its
current  development and marketing  plans.  Such funding may be obtained through
the sale of additional shares,  warrants or convertible  debentures,  which will
dilute the ownership interests of present  shareholders.  The Company is seeking
to raise additional funds through the private placements of shares of its common
stock.  During 1999 equity market financing has been  increasingly  available to
Internet startup ventures. Due to the volatility of the new issue market and the
stock  market  in  general  said  equity   financing   could  become  scarce  or
unattainable at any time. If the Company is unable to obtain sufficient funds to
develop and market its Internet  strategies then  Ubrandit.com  may seek to find
development  partners or industry  partners to assist in the  development of its
business plan. The capital resources of the Company are limited.  At present the
Company is not producing any significant revenues and is not expected to produce
revenues until the 3rd calendar  quarter of 1999.  These revenues,  if realized,


                                       22

<PAGE>

are projected to be insufficient to fund the aggressive ongoing  development and
marketing  of the  Company's  Internet  branding  and  e-commerce  strategy  and
additional  funds will be required as discussed above in this section.  Further,
if revenue from branding, advertising,  sponsorship fees, and custom programming
is realized  said  revenues will be subject to all of the risks set forth in the
section  entitled  "RISKS  FACTORS"  and no profits  may be  realized  from said
revenue.  The main source of funds at the  present is the sale of the  Company's
equity securities. Other possible sources of funding includes loans by financial
institutions with the Company's computer equipment as collateral.  However,  the
collateral value of Company's  tangible property is limited.  The Company has no
material contractual commitments for capital expenditure at present.

Year 2000 Compliance; Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure

         To the fullest extent  permitted by law, the following  discussion is a
"Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure" within the meaning of the Year 2000 Information
and Readiness Disclosure Act 105 P.L. 271.

         Background

         Many of the world's  computer  systems and  programs  currently  record
years in a  two-digit  format.  Such  computer  systems  or  programs  that have
date-sensitive  software or hardware may recognize a date using "00" as the year
1900  rather  than the year 2000,  and  therefore,  may be unable to  recognize,
interpret  or use dates in and  beyond  the year  1999  correctly.  Because  the
activities of many  businesses  are affected by dates or are  date-related,  the
inability of these  systems or programs to use such date  information  correctly
could  result in system  failures  or  disruptions  and lead to  disruptions  of
business  operations  in the United States and  internationally  (the "Year 2000
Problem"). In the case of the Company, such disruptions may include, among other
things,  an  inability  to process  transactions,  send  invoices,  or engage in
similar routine business activities.

         Issues relating to the Year 2000 Problem arise in a number of different
contexts  in which  the  Company  and its  operating  subsidiary  use or  access
computer programming.  In its operations,  the Company uses both third-party and
internally    developed    software    programs    and   relies   on   customary
telecommunications  services,  as  well  as  building  and  property  logistical
services,  including, without limitation,  embedded computer-controlled systems.
The Company  generally  will also rely heavily upon  suppliers,  as well as data
processing,  transmission  and other services  provided by  third-party  service
providers,  including,  without  limitation,  Internet  access,  online content,
product distribution and delivery, and information services.

         The Company and its  operating  subsidiary  will rely upon  independent
internal local access network (LAN) computer systems.  In addition,  the Company
and its subsidiaries lease their office space from third parties and may conduct
business  through  multiple  locations in major  cities.  Although the operating
subsidiary  will, for the most part,  conduct  business  independently,  it will
substantially use similar third-party software and have common relationships and
dependencies with third party service providers.

         Assessing  the  Impact  of the  Year  2000  Problem  on  the  Company's
Operations

         The Company has reviewed its computer  systems and programs,  including
information  technology ("IT") and non-IT systems,  and has determined that they
are in compliance with the requirements of the Year 2000. The Year 2000 problem,
however,  is pervasive and complex as virtually every computer operation will be
affected in some way by the rollover of the two digit year to 00. Failure of any
of the Company's  third-party service providers to adequately address this issue
could  result in a  substantial  interruption  of the  Company's  normal plan of
operation  and business  affairs,  and could result in  significant  losses from
operations.  To the extent that the Company  relies  upon  non-U.S.  third-party
service  providers  who  may  be  less  capable  or  prepared  than  their  U.S.
counterparts  to  address  and  resolve  the Year 2000  problem,  the  Company's
operations  may be subject to a greater  level of risk with respect to Year 2000
compliance.  Although the Company  could incur  substantial  costs in connection
with the failure of third-party  computing systems and software,  such costs are
not sufficiently certain to estimate at this time.


                                       23

<PAGE>

         Contingency Planning

         The Company has not developed any plan to address contingencies arising
from the  inability  of  third-party  service  providers  to  become  Year  2000
compliant in a timely manner.  Consequently,  no assurance can be given that the
potential  failure  of  third-party  systems  will not  increase  the  Company's
operating costs or create  uncertainties  that may have an adverse effect on the
Company's operating results or financial condition.

ITEM 3.  DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

         The Company  subleases  approximately  5,000 square feet of general use
office space in San Diego California as its primary corporate  office.  The term
of the sublease is until June 30, 2000.  These  offices are  sufficient  for the
Company to conduct  its  current  operations.  On site the  Company has a secure
facility for housing one of the Company's eight high capacity  Internet servers.
The other seven servers are housed at a secure location  operated by CONNECTNET,
a local Internet  service  provider  located in San Diego.  The Company believes
that its current  configuration of server computers and purchased  bandwidth are
capable of handling the expected high volume  Internet  traffic during peak user
hours.  In addition the  Company's  systems have been designed to be scalable to
meet growth beyond the expected use of the system.


                                       24

<PAGE>

ITEM 4.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT


         The following  table sets forth  information  concerning the beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock as of June 30, 1999 for (i) each current  director
who owns  shares,  (ii) each  executive  officer of the Company who owns shares,
(iii) all persons known by the Company to  beneficially  own more than 5% of the
outstanding  shares of the Common  Stock,  and (iv) all  executive  officers and
directors of the Company as a group. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes
below,  the address of each  stockholder is 12626 High Bluff Dr., San Diego,  CA
92130.


       Names of                        Number of Shares     Percent of Shares
Beneficial Owners(1)                 Beneficially Owned     Beneficially Owned
- --------------------                 ------------------     ------------------

Jeff Phillips                            2,006,880(3)             18.8%

Gregory V. Gibson                          125,000(4)              1.2%

Roger C. Royce                              75,000                  *

Steven K. Radowicz                          25,000(5)               *

Michael Fagan                               54,780                  *

Mark Cullivan                               54,780                  *

J. Eric Arteburn                            54,780                  *

William Childers                            54,780                  *

All officers & Directors
as a group (nine persons)(9)             2,461,000                22.7%

- ------------------------

*    Less than 1%

(1)      Unless  otherwise  noted,  the  Company  believes  that all  shares are
         beneficially  owned and that all  persons  named in the table have sole
         voting and investment power with respect to all shares owned by them.
(2)      Beneficial  ownership is determined in accordance  with the  applicable
         rules  under  the  Exchange  Act.  In  computing  the  number of shares
         beneficially  owned by a person and the  percentage  ownership  of that
         person,  shares of Common Stock  subject to options held by that person
         that are currently  exercisable,  or become  exercisable within 60 days
         from the date hereof, are deemed outstanding.  However, such shares are
         not  deemed  outstanding  for  purposes  of  computing  the  percentage
         ownership  of any  other  person.  Percentage  ownership  is  based  on
         10,256,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of June 30, 1999.
(3)      Includes  400,000  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  currently
         exercisable stock purchase options,  exercisable at a price of $.50 per
         share.
(4)      Includes  125,000  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  currently
         exercisable stock purchase options,  exercisable at a price of $.50 per
         share.
(5)      Includes   25,000  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  currently
         exercisable stock purchase options, exercisable at a price of $1.50 per
         share. Mr. Radowicz's  address is Apquip Company,  #8 Harris Court Unit
         C1, Monterey, California 93940 .


                                       25

<PAGE>

ITEM 5.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Directors and Executive Officers

         The names, ages and positions of the Company's  Directors and executive
officers as of June 30, 1999 are listed below:

Name                             Age                    Position
- ----                             ---                    --------

Jeff Phillips                     31        President, Chief Executive Officer,
                                            Chairman of the Board

Roger C. Royce                    59        Chief Operating Officer, Director

Gregory  V. Gibson                49        Vice President, Legal, Director

Steven K. Radowicz                31        Director

Michael Fagan                     32        Vice President Corporate Development

Mark Cullivan                     31        Vice President Operations

J. Eric Arterburn                 28        Vice President Design Development

William Childers                  28        Vice President MIS


JEFFERY PHILLIPS,
PRESIDENT, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         Mr. Phillips was appointed as the Company's President,  Chief Executive
Officer and Chairman of the Board in January 1999. From 1997 to the present, Mr.
Phillips also has been the President of Global Investors Guide of San Diego, CA.
Global Investors Guide maintains a financial research site and performs contract
programming for companies in the financial and e-commerce markets. As president,
Mr. Phillips has been in charge of budgeting,  project  planning and management,
and  development  of  specialty  tools as per the  clients'  needs.  He was also
responsible  for exploring and  implementing  the newest  technology into Global
Investors Guide's Web sites pertaining to the financial Internet market.  During
the past five years, Mr. Phillips has also been a marketing consultant to public
relations firms and the owner of LPC  Communications,  an Advertising Agency and
Market Publishing, Inc. a fulfillment and order processing company. Prior to Mr.
Phillips joining Global Investors Guide he was President of Arboc Marketing,  an
independent  marketing company located in Santa Barbara,  CA. As president,  Mr.
Phillips was responsible for designing and implementing  marketing  programs for
over one hundred  small and medium sized  businesses.  Business  types  included
health organizations,  banks, retail outlets, and manufacturing enterprises. The
company  also handled  political  campaigns  in the state of  California  in the
capacity of campaign management,  marketing,  and public relations. Mr. Phillips
received his Bachelor of Arts in Economics  from the  University of  California,
Santa Barbara.


                                       26

<PAGE>

ROGER C. ROYCE,
DIRECTOR AND CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER.

         Mr.  Royce  joined the Company in March of 1999 as its Chief  Operating
Officer  and as a member of the Board of  Directors.  Mr.  Royce  brings over 30
years  of  corporate   experience  in  managing  rapid  growth   enterprises  in
conglomerate  environments  both in the private and public sector.  Prior to his
association  with  the  Company,  Mr.  Royce  was  Chairman  and CEO of  Fortune
Financial Systems,  Inc., a diversified national education and training company.
Before  joining  Fortune  Financial,  he  was  President  and  CEO  of  Academic
Excellence  Institute,  Inc., an accelerated learning and distribution  company,
and now serves as CEO of Westban  Financial,  Inc., a financial  and  management
consulting company. His other experience includes: President and CEO of Motel 6,
Inc., a 400 property  lodging  chain with revenues of $275 million and assets in
excess of $900  million  employing  over 7,000  employees;  President of Fotomat
Labs, Inc. and Corporate Sr. Vice President and Managing Operations Director for
Fotomat Corporation, a national conglomerate holding company with a retail chain
of 3,850  photographic  processing/camera  stores  generating sales in excess of
$265 million and 12 nationwide  processing  plant and  manufacturing  facilities
having  wholesale  billing of $120 million and employing over 13,000  employees;
and President of Woodfin  Suites Hotels,  Inc., a national hotel  management and
franchise company which was the founding  franchisee for the Marriott  Residence
Inns  chain.  During  his  business  career  he has also been a  consultant  for
companies  involved in Internet delivery  systems.  Mr. Royce holds a BA and MBA
from California  Western  University and has completed  additional  postgraduate
studies at UCLA and Harvard.

GREGORY V. GIBSON,
VICE PRESIDENT LEGAL, DIRECTOR

         Mr.  Gibson has been an  officer  and  director  of the  Company  since
January of this year. Mr. Gibson has been an attorney specializing in securities
and securities broker  dealerships for over 15 years.  Presently Mr. Gibson is a
member of the law firm Gibson,  Haglund and Paulsen and Vice President Legal for
Pennaco  Energy,  Inc. a Denver based  public Oil and Gas Company.  Prior to his
present  affiliations Mr. Gibson was corporate counsel for three years to Global
Resource   Investment   Limited,  a  southern  California  based  broker  dealer
specializing  in  resource  and foreign  publicly  traded  securities.  Prior to
working at Global Mr. Gibson was  practicing  securities and  international  law
with the law firms of Gibson and  Haglund  and Gibson,  Ogden and  Johnson.  Mr.
Gibson  attended  Claremont  Men's  College and  Brigham  Young  University  for
undergraduate  studies and received his juris  doctorate  degree from Pepperdine
University School of Law.

STEVEN K. RADOWICZ,
DIRECTOR

         Mr.  Radowicz has been a director of the Company since March 1999.  Mr.
Radowicz,  an independent  director of the Company,  is the managing partner and
owner of Apquip  Company  LLC.  Located  in  Monterey,  California,  Apquip is a
Company that manufactures  equipment for the wood products industry and services
a worldwide clientele. Mr. Radowicz has held numerous positions with the Company
over the past nine years and has served as the Chief  Executive  Officer for the
past two years.  Apquip has  distribution  and sales  throughout five continents
with many of the largest  wood  producing  companies in the  industry.  While at
Apquip,  Mr. Radowicz has been responsible for much of the growth of the company
setting up a network of dealers and  representation  for the company  worldwide.
Mr. Radowicz graduated from the University of California at Santa Barbara with a
B. A. degree in business economics in 1990.


                                       27

<PAGE>

MICHAEL FAGAN,
VICE PRESIDENT CORPORATE DEVELOPMENT

         Mr.  Fagan  has  been  the  Company's   Vice   President  of  Corporate
Development  since March 1999.  Michael Fagan, from July 1997 until assuming his
present position as VP Corporate  Development  with the Company,  served as Vice
President of Global Investors Guide of San Diego, California.  In that position,
Mr. Fagan  created and  implemented  the  company's  marketing  strategy and was
responsible  for all  Web-content-related  matters.  Also  serving as Editor for
Global  Investors  Guide  Financial  Digest,  he  wrote  market  commentary  and
interviewed financial analysts.  Prior to his association with Global Investors,
from 1996 to 1997,  Mr. Fagan held the position of Senior  Research  Analyst for
the London Taylor Group, a Southern California-based financial service provider.
From 1994 through 1996 Mr. Fagan was sales and marketing representative with The
Sporting Club at Aventine a California- based  health/fitness  corporation where
his  responsibilities  included the development and  implementation of marketing
programs and the training of personnel for the company's sales force.  Mr. Fagan
received  his  Bachelor of Science in Business  Management  from San Diego State
University, California, in 1992.

MARK CULLIVAN,
VICE PRESIDENT OPERATIONS, CONTROLLER

         Mr.  Cullivan  joined the Company in March 1999.  His  responsibilities
include management of the Company's  e-commerce sites and all in-house financial
reporting.  From December 1996 to February  1999,  Mr.  Cullivan as President of
Market  Publishing  Corporation  of San  Diego,  CA he was in  charge of all the
operations  of a  fulfillment  and  order  processing  company.  Prior to Market
Publishing,  Mr.  Cullivan  was the Senior Sales and  Marketing  Analyst for the
Rembrandt Consumer Division of Den-Mat  Corporation from 1993-1996.  At Den-Mat,
he was  responsible  for the design and  implementation  of the corporate  sales
programs  utilized  by the  company's  regional  vice  presidents  of sales  and
national network of product brokers. In addition to his corporate positions, Mr.
Cullivan has been an  instructor of economics  for several  California  colleges
from 1992 to  present.  He  received  his  Bachelor  of Arts and  Master of Arts
degrees in Business Economics from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

J. ERIC ARTERBURN,
VICE PRESIDENT DESIGN DEVELOPMENT

         Mr. Arterburn joined the Company in March of 1999 and since May of 1998
has been the Art Director of the Company's  subsidiary  Global  Investors Guide.
Prior to working at Global  Investors  Guide Mr.  Arterburn was the Art Director
for  Internetwork  Media from 1994 until 1998.  Internetwork  Media,  a Southern
California design firm,  specializes in multimedia cd-rom as well as traditional
media.  At  Internetwork  Media,  he worked on numerous  projects for the Unites
States Geological Survey (USGS), the National Ocean and Atmospheric  Association
(NOAA), as well as projects for Times Mirror and New Millennia.  His pursuant to
his  responsibilities  as Art Director at Global  Investors Guide and now as the
Company's  Art  Director he has  designed  and  directed  the content of various
projects   including   StockStudy.com,    Newsletterz.com,    IR   Packages.com,
JungleJeff.com.  Mr. Arterburn  graduated from San Diego State University with a
Bachelor of Arts degree with a focus in Graphic Design.

WILLIAM CHILDERS,
VICE PRESIDENT MIS

         Mr.  Childers was appointed as the Company's  Vice  President of MIS in
March 1999. Mr.  Childers,  prior to his association  with the Company,  was MIS
director for Global  Investors  Guide from January of 1997 to March of 1999.  He
brings  to  Ubrandit.com  15 years of  computer  experience  in  administration,
security,   planning,  design,  and  implementation  of  LAN/WAN  networks.  His
responsibilities  at  Global  Investors  Guide  included  systems  and  software
administration  and maintenance,  planning and execution of the internal network
and Internet Web server farm, installation and maintenance of interoffice links,
WAN   connections   and  leased  lines,   e-mail   system,   FTP  and  Web  site
implementation, file and Web server maintenance, network security and anti-virus
protection,  backup solutions, and disaster-preparedness  planning. Prior to his
involvement  with the Company  and Global  Investors  Guide,  Mr.  Childers  was
systems  administrator and a consultant  regarding Novell NetWare and Windows NT
LAN/WAN  networks with small and medium sized  companies.  From 1994 to 1996 Mr.
Childers  was a sales and  Technical  Consultant  for Networks  Plus  Technology
Group, a Corporate Value added Reseller  specializing  in high-end  applications
and  equipment.   Mr.  Childers  studied  Computer  Science  at  Colorado  State
University, Fort Collins.


                                       28

<PAGE>

Employment Agreements

         The Company  anticipates  entering into employment  agreements with its
officers in the near  future,  the terms of which are  undecided  at the present
time. The Company has not as of yet entered into any  employment  agreement with
its officers or other employees.

Committees of the Board

         The Board of Directors has the  responsibility  for establishing  broad
corporate  policies and for overseeing  the overall  performance of the Company.
However,  in accordance with corporate legal  principles,  it is not involved in
day-to-day  operating  details.  Members of the Board are kept  informed  of the
Company's business through discussions with the Chairman and other officers,  by
reviewing  analyses and reports sent to them, and by  participating in Board and
committee meetings.

         The Board has not established any committees at this time.

ITEM 6.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The following table sets forth certain  information with respect to the
annual  compensation of the Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer and each of the
Company's three other most highly  compensated  executive  officers for services
rendered to  Ubrandit.com  during the Company's only two completed  fiscal years
ended September 30, 1998 and 1997.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Compensation
                                              -----------------------------

Name                             Annual                         Other         Restricted      Securities        LTIP       All
And Principal          Year      Salary($)      Bonus           Annual        Stock           Underlying        Pay-       Other
Position (1)                                    ($)             Compen-       Award(s)        Option/           outs       Compen-
                                                                sation        ($)             SARS(#)           ($)        sation
                                                                ($)                                                        ($)

<S>                    <C>       <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>               <C>        <C>
Jeff Phillips,         98        18,000         -0-             -0-           -0-             -0-               -0-        -0-
 CEO(2)                97         1,826         -0-             -0-           -0-             -0-               -0-        -0-

Patricia Wiate(3)      98           -0-         -0-             -0-           -0-             -0-               -0-        -0-
                       97           -0-         -0-             -0-           -0-             -0-               -0-        -0-
- ----------------
</TABLE>
(1)      All other  compensation  in the form of perquisites  and other personal
         benefits  has  been  omitted  because  the  aggregate  amount  of  such
         perquisites  and other  personal  benefits  constituted  the  lesser of
         $50,000  or 10% of the  total  annual  salary  and  bonus of the  named
         executive for such year.
(2)      Mr. Phillips was the President and CEO of Global  Investors Guide as of
         the end of the last completed fiscal year ended September 30, 1998.
(3)      Ms.  Wiate  was the  President  and  CEO of the  Company  prior  to the
         acquisition of Global  Investors  Guide. Ms. Wiate resigned in February
         3, 1999, and is no longer employed by the Company.

         The  Company  has no  retirement,  pension,  profit  sharing or medical
reimbursement  plans exclusively  covering its officers and directors,  and does
not contemplate implementing any such plans at this time.


                                       29

<PAGE>

         Directors  of the Company who are also  employees  do not receive  cash
compensation  for their  services as directors or members of  committees  of the
Board  of  Directors,  but are  reimbursed  for  their  reasonable  expenses  in
connection  with  attending  meetings of the Board of  Directors  or  management
committees.  Non-employee  directors  are  expected  to be paid a fee per  Board
meeting attended, and reimbursement for expenses.

ITEM 7.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         In connection with the  acquisition of Global  Investors Guide in March
1998, all of the shares of Global  Investors  Guide were purchased from officers
and a  director  of that  company  in  exchange  for  restricted  shares  of the
Company's  $.001 par value  Common Stock (the  "exchange  shares") on a pro rata
basis. Specifically Mr. Phillips, President and director of the Company received
1,606,880 exchange shares and Messrs. Fagan, Cullivan,  Childers, and Arterburn,
all  executive  officers  of the  Company,  received  54,780  shares each for an
aggregate of 1,826,000 exchange shares. The Company received computer equipment,
services and cash in exchange for a $100,000  amount due to a company 100% owned
by Mr. Phillips an executive officer and director of Ubrandit.com. The aggregate
$100,000 amount due resulted from $50,000 advanced to the Company,  office space
provided the Company at $1,000 a month for 12 months, receptionist, secretarial,
and clerical support services provided to the Company at $2,000 per month for 12
months,  and the sale of following office  equipment:  copier,  postage machine,
shredder,  address  labeler,  computer  printer,  two fax  machines,  and  three
computers.  Said office  equipment  was sold to the Company  for  $14,000.  Said
equipment was purchased by Mr. Phillip's company within the last eighteen months
for  approximately  $23,000.  The amount due was converted to 200,000  shares of
Ubrandit.com  $.001 Common Stock that were issued to said company.  Mr. Phillips
has sold all his  interest in said  company,  which is now owned by an unrelated
party. Mr. Gibson an executive officer and director,  provides legal services to
the Company  through his law firm Gibson,  Haglund and Johnson.  As of March 31,
1999, said law firm had received $18,000 for legal services rendered.

ITEM 8.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         No  material  legal  proceedings  to which the  Company  is a party are
pending nor are any known to be  contemplated  and the Company knows of no legal
proceedings pending or threatened,  or judgments entered against any Director or
Officer of the Company in his capacity as such.

ITEM 9.  MARKET PRICE OF AND  DIVIDENDS ON THE  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The Company's common stock, par value $.001 (the "Common Stock") trades
over the counter and is quoted on the OTC Bulletin  Board System.  The following
table  sets  forth  the high and low  closing  prices  for the  Common  Stock as
reported on the OTC  Bulletin  Board  system for the  quarters  traded in Fiscal
1999.

                                          Low                High
                                       ----------         ----------
Year Ended September 30, 1999
Second Quarter                          $    .375         $    3.625

Third Quarter                               3.625             11.125


         The Company has not paid any cash  dividends  on its Common Stock since
its incorporation and anticipates that, for the foreseeable future, earnings, if
any, will  continue to be retained for use in its business.  As of June 30, 1999
the Company had approximately 4,700 shareholders of its Common Stock.


                                       30

<PAGE>

ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

         Set  forth  below  is  certain  information  concerning  all  sales  of
securities by the Company  during the past three years that were not  registered
under the Securities Act:

         (a) The  Company,  at the time  operating  under the named Mount Merlot
Estates,  Inc.,  issued 40,000 shares in December of 1997 for the purchase price
of $.01 per share in reliance on the exemption from registration available under
Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act. At that time,  the Company had a business
plan to enter into the  viticulture  business  and no assets.  The  offeree  was
apprised of both the Company's  start-up nature and its business plan. There was
one offeree in this offering,  who made the only purchase  pursuant to the terms
of an investment  letter.  In the investment  letter the purchaser  acknowledged
that (i) that he was purchasing  for his own account,  for  investment,  and not
with a view towards  distribution  (ii) that he solicited  the offer and sale of
the securities and the offer and sale were not accompanied by any publication or
advertisement and (iii) the he understands that the shares purchased may only be
sold or otherwise transferred if they are registered under the Securities Act of
1933 or unless an exemption from such registration is available. No underwriters
were used in connection with this offering.

         (b) The Company,  at the time name Mount Merlot Estates, in February of
1998,  offered  5,000,000  shares  for a  purchase  price of $.01  per  share in
reliance  on  the  exemption  from  registration  available  under  Rule  504 of
Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. Offerees were provided with a
private placement  memorandum  containing detailed information about the Company
and its plan to engage in the development of a Merlot  viticulture  operation in
Santa  Ynez  Valley  County,  California  and that the  securities  had not been
registered  under  the  Securities  Act and may  have  not  been  registered  or
qualified under  applicable  state  securities  laws. The Company  required each
prospective investor to represent in writing that (i) they had adequate means of
providing for their current needs and personal  contingencies and had no need to
sell the  securities in the  foreseeable  future and (ii) they,  either alone or
with their duly  designated  purchaser  representative,  had such  knowledge and
experience  in  business  and  financial  matters  that  they  were  capable  of
evaluating  the  risks  and  merits  of an  investment  in  the  securities.  No
underwriters were used in connection with this offering.

         (c) The Company,  at the time named Virtual Brand,  Inc. to reflect the
Company's change in business plan to that of developing or acquiring an Internet
service company,  in February of 1999,  offered  1,890,000 shares for a purchase
price of $.50 per share in reliance on the exemption from registration available
under  Rule 504 of  Regulation  D  promulgated  under the  Securities  Act.  All
1,890,000  shares were issued by the Company in February of 1998. There were six
Offerees,  which were also the only  purchasers  of the  offering.  The  Company
required each prospective  investor to represent in writing (i)that the investor
was a  sophisticated  investor with  sufficient  knowledge and  experience to be
capable  of  evaluating  the  merit  and  risks of the  offering  (ii)  that all
documents they deemed material in making an investment decision were provided by
the Company and that the investor  had been  afforded  the  opportunity  to make
inquires  and receive  answers  from  management,  (iii) that the  investor  had
substantial  means of providing for his current needs and  contingencies and was
capable of understanding and bearing the economic risk of the investment.  (iii)
they understood that the securities had not been registered under the Securities
Act and may  have  not been  registered  or  qualified  under  applicable  state
securities laws. No underwriters were used in connection with this offering.

         (d)  Pursuant  to an  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Reorganization  for the
Acquisition of All the  Outstanding  Shares of Common Stock of Global  Investors
Guide,  the Company issued  1,826,000 pro rata to all the shareholders of Global
Investment  Guide to purchase  all of the shares of Common Stock of the Company.
The  offering  of the  shares was made to five  accredited  investors  only,  in
reliance  on  the  exemption  from  registration  available  under  Rule  506 of
Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. Said investors received 1,826
shares of the Company's  Common Stock for each share of Global  Investors  Guide
that they owned.  Each investor  represented in an investment letter that (i) he
acquired said common stock for my own account for investment and not with a view
towards any distribution thereof (ii) that he understood that the shares may not
be sold or otherwise  transferred unless they are subsequently  registered under
the Act or unless an exemption from such registration is available. (iii)that he
understood  that the investment  was highly  speculative  with very  substantial
risks and could result in a complete loss of my investment (iv) that he had such
knowledge and  experience  with the Company,  Internet  businesses,  and general
business matters that he was capable of fully evaluating the merits and risks of
this  investment;  (v) that he was fully  aware  that the  Company  is a startup
company with very limited resources in an extremely  competitive  industry;  and
(vi) that the Company had afforded him the  opportunity  to ask and had answered
all  questions.  All  investors  understood  that the  securities  would  bear a
restrictive  legend   prohibiting   transfers  except  in  compliance  with  the
provisions  of the Act.  No  underwriters  were  used in  connection  with  this
offering.


                                       31

<PAGE>

         (e) In March and April of 1999,  the Company  negotiated  and reached a
debt conversion to common stock agreement with two of the large creditors of its
wholly owned subsidiary  Global  Investment  Guide.  Pursuant to said agreements
Bloomington Corporate Services was issued 300,000 shares of the Company's Common
Stock for  forgiveness of $164,251.43  in debt and Market  Publishing,  Inc. was
issued 200,000 shares of Common Stock for  forgiveness of $100,000 in debt. Both
issuances  of  shares  were to  sophisticated  companies  pursuant  to a private
placement  exempt from the  registration  requirements  of the Securities Act in
reliance on the exemption from registration  available under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act. The Company fully apprised the said  sophisticated  companies of
the Company's start-up nature and gave them full details regarding the Company's
business  plan.  There  was no  general  solicitation  or  advertising  used  in
connection  with the offer to sell or sale of these  securities.  Said companies
were  advised  that the  securities,  once  purchased,  could  not be  resold or
otherwise  transferred without subsequent  registration under the Securities Act
and that they would carry a legend stating said restrictions to transfer.
No underwriters were used in connection with this offering.

         (f) The Company issued  1,000,000  shares in April 1999, for a purchase
price  of $1.00  per  share  in  reliance  on the  exemption  from  registration
available  under Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated  under the Securities Act.
The Company accepted  subscriptions only from accredited investors.  The Company
changed its name to  Ubrandit.com  at the time of  purchase of Global  Investors
Guide to better  reflect its adoption and  continuation  of the business plan of
Global  Investors  Guide,  the Company's  current  business  plan,  which is the
branding and private  labeling of Internet sites.  Offerees were provided with a
private placement  memorandum  containing detailed information about the Company
and its  current  plan.  The  Company  required  each  prospective  investor  to
represent  in  writing  that (i) they had  received  and  reviewed  the  private
placement  memorandum  and understood the risks of an investment in the Company;
(ii) they had the experience  and knowledge with respect to similar  investments
which enabled them to evaluate the merits and risks of such investment,  or they
had obtained and relied upon an experienced  independent adviser with respect to
such evaluation; (iii) they had adequate means to bear the economic risk of such
investment,  including the loss of the entire investment; (iv) they had adequate
means to provide for their  current needs and possible  personal  contingencies;
(v) they had no need for liquidity of their investment in the Company; (vi) they
understood that the securities had not been registered  under the Securities Act
and may have not been registered or qualified under  applicable state securities
laws and, therefore,  that they could not sell or transfer the securities unless
the  securities  were  subsequently  registered  or an exemption  therefrom  was
available to them;  (vii) they were  acquiring  the  securities  for  investment
solely  for  their own  account  and  without  any  intention  of  reselling  or
distributing  them; and (viii) they understood that the securities  would bear a
restrictive  legend   prohibiting   transfers  except  in  compliance  with  the
provisions  of  the  securities,  the  subscription  agreement  executed  by the
purchaser and the applicable  federal and state securities laws. No underwriters
were used in connection with this offering.

ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT'S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

General

         The  authorized  Common  Stock of the Company  consists  of  25,000,000
shares of $0.001 par value common stock. The following  summary of the terms and
provisions of the Company's capital stock does not purport to be complete and is
qualified  in  its  entirety  by   reference  to  the   Company's   Articles  of
Incorporation  and By-laws,  which have been filed as exhibits to the  Company's
registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law.

Common Stock

         The holders of Common  Stock are entitled to one vote for each share on
all matters  voted upon by  stockholders,  including  the election of directors.
Such  holders  are  not  entitled  to vote  cumulatively  for  the  election  of
directors.  Holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock entitled to vote
in any election of directors may elect all of directors standing for election.

         Holders of Common  Stock are entitled to  participate  pro rata in such
dividends as may be declared in the  discretion of the Board of Directors out of
funds legally available therefor.  Holders of Common Stock are entitled to share
ratably in the net  assets of the  Company  upon  liquidation  after  payment or
provision for all liabilities. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights
to  purchase  shares of stock of the  Company.  Shares  of Common  Stock are not
subject to any  redemption  provisions  and are not  convertible  into any other
securities of the Company. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid
and non-assessable.

                                       32

<PAGE>

         The Common Stock is quoted on the OTC  Bulletin  Board system under the
         symbol "UBRT."

         As of June 30, 1999, 10,256,000 shares are issued and outstanding.

Transfer Agent

         The Company's  transfer agent is: Pacific Stock Transfer Company,  3690
         South Eastern, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109.

1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

         As of March 31, 1999,  1,485,000  shares have been granted to employees
and  directors  for  exercise  prices  ranging  from  $0.50 to $3.35 per  shares
pursuant to the vesting schedules of the respective agreements.  No options were
granted  during the last  completed  fiscal year ended  September 30, 1998.  The
following table details the shares granted to executive officers and directors:


Name                        Principal Position          Number of shares granted

Jeff Phillips              President, CEO                        400,000
Roger C. Royce (1)         COO                                   425,000
Gregory V. Gibson          VP legal                              125,000
Steven K. Radowicz         Director                               25,000
Michael Fagan              VP Corporate Development               60,000
Mark Cullivan              VP Operations                          50,000
J. Eric Arterburn          VP Design Development                  50,000
William Childers           VP MIS                                 50,000
         Total:                                                1,185,000

- ------------------
(1)      387,500 of the options granted Mr. Royce, have been continently granted
         pursuant to terms of his  employment.  Additionally  50,000  options to
         purchase shares have been granted to current non-executive employees of
         the Company  and  Jeffrey L.  Taylor,  a former  director,  was granted
         options to purchase 250,000 shares.

         On January  22,  1999,  the Board of  Directors  adopted the 1999 Stock
Option and Incentive  Plan (the "Plan") which was  subsequently  approved by the
stockholders  of the Company.  The Plan is intended to provide  incentive to key
employees and directors of, and key consultants,  vendors, customers, and others
expected  to  provide  significant   services  to,  the  Company,  to  encourage
proprietary  interest in the Company,  to encourage such key employees to remain
in the employ of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to attract new employees with
outstanding  qualifications,  and to afford additional incentive to consultants,
vendors,   customers,   and  others  to  increase  their  efforts  in  providing
significant  services to the Company.  The Plan is  administered by the Board of
Directors  or can be  administered  by a  Committee  appointed  by the  Board of
Directors,  which  Committee  shall be  constituted to permit the Plan to comply
with  Rule  16b-3 of the Act,  and  which  shall  consist  of not less  than two
members.  The  Board of  Directors,  or the  Committee  if there be one,  at its
discretion,  can select the eligible  employees  and  consultants  to be granted
awards,  determine  the number of shares to be  applicable  to such  award,  and
designate any Options as Incentive Stock Options or  Nonstatutory  Stock Options
(except that no Incentive Stock Option may be granted to a non-employee director
or a  non-employee  consultant).  The stock subject to awards  granted under the
Plan are shares of the Company's  authorized  but unissued or reacquired  Common
Stock.  The  aggregate  number of  shares  which may be issued as awards or upon
exercise  of awards  under the Plan is  2,500,000  shares.  The shares  that may
presently be issued  pursuant to the  exercise of an option  awarded by the Plan
have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act")
nor any state  securities  authority and will be subject to the  limitations  of
Rule 144.


                                       33

<PAGE>

ITEM 12.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         The Nevada  Revised  Statutes and certain  provisions  of the Company's
Bylaws under certain  circumstances provide for indemnification of the Company's
Officers,  Directors and controlling  persons against  liabilities that they may
incur  in  such  capacities.  A  summary  of the  circumstances  in  which  such
indemnification  is provided for is contained  herein,  but this  description is
qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to the  Company's  Bylaws and to the
statutory provisions.

         In general, any Officer, Director, employee or agent may be indemnified
against expenses,  fines,  settlements or judgments arising in connection with a
legal  proceeding to which such person is a party, if that person's actions were
in good faith, were believed to be in the Company's best interest,  and were not
unlawful.  Unless such person is  successful  upon the merits in such an action,
indemnification  may be  awarded  only  after  a  determination  by  independent
decision  of the  Board  of  Directors,  by legal  counsel,  or by a vote of the
stockholders,  that the applicable  standard of conduct was met by the person to
be indemnified.

         The circumstances under which  indemnification is granted in connection
with an action  brought on behalf of the Company is generally  the same as those
set forth above;  however,  with  respect to such  actions,  indemnification  is
granted only with respect to expenses  actually  incurred in connection with the
defense  or  settlement  of the  action.  In  such  actions,  the  person  to be
indemnified  must have acted in good faith and in a manner believed to have been
in the  Company's  best  interest,  and must not have been  adjudged  liable for
negligence or misconduct.

         Indemnification may also be granted pursuant to the terms of agreements
that may be entered  in the  future or  pursuant  to a vote of  stockholders  or
Directors.  The  statutory  provision  cited  above also grants the power to the
Company to purchase  and  maintain  insurance  which  protects  its Officers and
Directors  against any liabilities  incurred in connection with their service in
such a position, and such a policy may be obtained by the Company.

ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

         The information required by this item is contained in Item 2. Financial
Information and Item 15. Financial Statement and Exhibits.

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTING  AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

         None


                                       34

<PAGE>

ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

List of Financial Statements

Report of Independent Public Accountant

Consolidated Balance Sheet September 30, 1997, 1998 and March 31, 1999

Consolidated  Statements of Operations and Statements of Cash Flows for December
3, 1996 to September 30, 1997,  year ended 1998, six months ended March 31, 1998
(unaudited), Six months ended March 31, 1999

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity for the period December 3, 1996 -
March 31, 1999

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


<PAGE>




                           Ubrandit.com and subsidiary
                  As of September 30, 1997, September 30, 1998
                             and March 31, 1999, and
                       for the period December 3, 1996 to
                               September 30, 1997,
                      the year ended September 30, 1998 and
                       the six months ended March 31, 1999




<PAGE>

                           Ubrandit.com and subsidiary
                                Table of Contents

                                                                        Page
                                                                        ----

         Report of Independent Auditors                                  F-1

         Consolidated Balance Sheet                                      F-2

         Consolidated Statement of Operations                            F-3

         Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity       F-4

         Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows                            F-5

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                   F-6-12



<PAGE>

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


Shareholders and Board of Directors
Ubrandit.com and subsidiary
Del Mar, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ubrandit.com and
subsidiary as of September 30, 1997,  September 30, 1998 and March 31, 1999, and
the related  consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity, and
cash flows for the periods  December 3, 1996 to  September  30,  1997;  the year
ended  September  30,  1998 and the six  months  ended  March  31,  1999.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing  the  accounting   principles  used  and   significant   estimates  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of Ubrandit.com and subsidiary as
of September 30, 1997, September 30, 1998 and March 31, 1999, and the results of
its operations,  and its cash flows for the period December 3, 1996 to September
30, 1997;  the year ended  September 30, 1998 and the six months ended March 31,
1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.





Stark Tinter & Associates, LLC
Englewood, Colorado
June 7, 1999


                                       F-1

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                Ubrandit.com and subsidiary
                                                Consolidated Balance Sheets
<CAPTION>

                                                                            September 30,                    March 31,
                                                                      1997                1998                  1999
                                                                ------------------  ------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>                 <C>                   <C>
                            ASSETS
Current assets
   Cash                                                                  $ 10,439            $ 45,604              $ 941,566
   Accounts receivable                                                                         18,820                 10,097
   Employee advances                                                                                                     150
   Prepaid expenses                                                                             1,025                  1,662
   Deposits                                                                                                              237
                                                                ------------------  ------------------  ---------------------
       Total current assets                                                10,439              65,449                953,712

Other assets:
  Property and equipment - net of
   accumulated depreciation                                                 2,888              31,260                 63,847
  Organizational costs - net of accumulated
   amortization                                                                                   380                  1,250
  Deferred Offering costs                                                                       3,000                  5,000
                                                                ------------------  ------------------  ---------------------

                                                                         $ 13,327           $ 100,089             $1,023,809
                                                                ==================  ==================  =====================

                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities
   Accrued expenses                                                       $ 4,714             $ 8,681               $ 42,192
   Due to related party                                                                        28,589                100,000
   Due to stockholder                                                                                                  4,990
   Payroll taxes payable                                                                                              11,489
   Convertible debt                                                                           150,000                150,000
    Accrued interest                                                                           13,063                 14,251
                                                                ------------------  ------------------  ---------------------
       Total current liabilities                                            4,714             200,333                322,922


Stockholders' equity (deficiency)
   Common stock, $0.001 par value,
    25,000,000 shares authorized;  1,000,
    901,000;  and 8,756,000 shares issued
    and outstanding in 1997, 1998 and 1999,
    respectively                                                            1,826               2,726                  8,756
   Additional paid in capital                                                                   4,900                974,270
   Retained earnings (deficit)                                              6,787            (107,870)              (282,139)
                                                                ------------------  ------------------  ---------------------
       Total stockholders' equity (deficiency)                              8,613            (100,244)               700,887
                                                                ------------------  ------------------  ---------------------

                                                                         $ 13,327           $ 100,089             $1,023,809
                                                                ==================  ==================  =====================
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       F-2

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                 Ubrandit.com and subsidiary
                                            Consolidated Statements of Operations
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            Six months
                                            For the period                                     ended                Six months
                                           December 3, 1996          Year ended              March 31,                ended
                                           to September 30,         September 30,               1998                March 31,
                                                 1997                   1998                (Unaudited)                1999
                                        ----------------------  ----------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                    <C>                    <C>                     <C>
Revenue                                              $ 86,390               $ 341,887              $ 274,676               $ 51,060
                                        ----------------------  ----------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------
Expenses:
  Direct operating                                     54,176                 154,310                 57,270                137,166
  Sales, general and administrative                    23,456                 278,611                176,276                 78,345
  Depreciation and amortization                           395                  10,560                  5,430                  8,630
                                        ----------------------  ----------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------
    Total operating expenses                           78,027                 443,481                238,976                224,141
                                        ----------------------  ----------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------

Operating income (loss)                                 8,363                (101,594)                35,700               (173,081)

Other (expense):
  Interest                                                  -                 (13,063)                (5,938)                (1,188)
                                        ----------------------  ----------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------

Income (loss) before income taxes                       8,363                (114,657)                29,762               (174,269)

Income taxes                                            1,576                       -                      -                      -
                                        ----------------------  ----------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------

Net income (loss)                                     $ 6,787              $ (114,657)              $ 29,762             $ (174,269)
                                        ======================  ======================  =====================  =====================



Per share information:
  Weighted average shares outstanding                   1,000                 535,247                167,484              3,870,967
                                        ======================  ======================  =====================  =====================

 Net income per common share - basic                   $ 6.79                 $ (0.21)                $ 0.18                $ (0.05)
                                        ======================  ======================  =====================  =====================
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       F-3

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                  Ubrandit.com and subsidiary
                                           Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'
                                  Equity For the period December 3, 1996 to March 31, 1999
<CAPTION>

                                                    Common Stock                 Additional
                                           ------------------------------          Paid in         Accumulated
                                              Shares             Amount            Capital           Deficit             Total
                                           -----------        -----------        -----------       -----------        -----------
<S>                 <C>                    <C>                <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>
Balance at December 3, 1996                $      --          $      --          $      --         $      --          $      --

Issuance of stock at $0.01 per share
  in consideration for services
  rendered                                       1,000              1,826                                                   1,826

Net income for the period                                                                                6,787              6,787
                                           -----------        -----------        -----------       -----------        -----------

Balance at September 30, 1997                    1,000              1,826               --               6,787              8,613

Issuance of stock for cash
  at $0.01 per share net
  of issuance cost                             900,000                900              4,900                                5,800

Net loss for the year                                                                                 (114,657)          (114,657)
                                           -----------        -----------        -----------       -----------        -----------

Balance at September 30, 1998                  901,000              2,726              4,900          (107,870)          (100,244)

Issuance of stock for cash
  at $0.01 per share net
  of issuance cost                           4,140,000              4,140             34,260              --               38,400

Issuance of stock for cash
  at $0.50 per share net
  of issuance costs                          1,890,000              1,890            935,110              --              937,000

Stock acquired by parent in
  a business combination                        (1,000)            (1,826)                                --               (1,826)

Issuance of stock in a
  business combination                       1,826,000              1,826                                                   1,826

Net loss for the period                                                                               (174,269)          (174,269)
                                           -----------        -----------        -----------       -----------        -----------

Balance at March 31, 1999                    8,756,000        $     8,756        $   974,270       $  (282,139)       $   700,887
                                           ===========        ===========        ===========       ===========        ===========
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       F-4

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                           Ubrandit.com and subsidiary
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      Six months
                                                    For the period                      ended          Six months
                                                   December 3, 1996   Year ended       March 31,          ended
                                                   to September 30,  September 30,       1998           March 31,
                                                        1997             1998         (Unaudited)          1999
                                                     ---------        ---------        ---------        ---------
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)                                    $   6,787        $(114,657)       $  29,762        $(174,269)
                                                     ---------        ---------        ---------        ---------
Adjustments  to reconcile  net income  (loss)
 to net cash  provided by (used in)
 operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                          395           10,560            5,430            8,630
 Changes in assets and liabilities:
  (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable                            (18,820)                            8,723
  (Increase) in employee advances                                                                            (150)
  (Increase) in prepaid expenses                                         (1,025)                             (637)
  (Increase) in deferred offering costs                                  (3,000)                           (2,000)
  (Increase) in deposits                                                                                     (237)
  (Increase) in organizational costs                                       (400)            (400)          (1,000)
  Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses                4,714            3,967           (3,158)          33,511
  Increase in due to stockholder                                                                            4,990
  Increase in payroll taxes payable                                                                        11,489
  Increase in accrued interest                                           13,063            5,938            1,188
                                                     ---------        ---------        ---------        ---------
      Total adjustments                                  5,109            4,345            7,810           64,507
                                                     ---------        ---------        ---------        ---------
      Net cash provided by (used in) operating
       activities                                       11,896         (110,312)          37,572         (109,762)
                                                     ---------        ---------        ---------        ---------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of fixed assets                              (3,283)         (38,912)         (36,220)         (41,087)
  Proceeds from related party advances                  28,589            9,000           71,411
                                                     ---------        ---------        ---------        ---------
     Net cash (used in) provided by investing
      activities                                        (3,283)         (10,323)         (27,220)          30,324
                                                     ---------        ---------        ---------        ---------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from convertible debt                                        150,000          150,000
  Net proceeds from issuance of common
   stock, net of issuance costs                          1,826            5,800            5,800          975,400
                                                     ---------        ---------        ---------        ---------
     Net cash provided by financing activities           1,826          155,800          155,800          975,400
                                                     ---------        ---------        ---------        ---------

Net increase in cash                                    10,439           35,165          166,152          895,962

Cash, beginning                                           --             10,439           10,439           45,604
                                                     ---------        ---------        ---------        ---------

Cash, ending                                         $  10,439        $  45,604        $ 176,591        $ 941,566
                                                     =========        =========        =========        =========
</TABLE>


                                       F-5

<PAGE>

                           Ubrandit.com and subsidiary
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


         Note 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         Organization

         The  Company  was  incorporated  on  December  19, 1997 in the State of
         Nevada under the name of Mount Merlot Estates, Inc. On January 14, 1999
         the  Company's  name was  changed to Virtual  Brand,  Inc.  and amended
         articles of  Incorporation  were filed.  The name was again  changed to
         Ubrandit.com on February 18, 1999 and a second set of amended  articles
         of  Incorporation  was filed  with the State of Nevada.  The  Company's
         primary  concentrations  are in providing of  "branded"  financial  and
         e-commerce  Web-based  systems  to the  Internet  in order to earn both
         advertising and sponsorship  revenue.  The Company also derives revenue
         from custom programming and website design.

         On  March  11,  1999  the  Company   acquired  Global  Investors  Guide
         ("Global")  a  related  Corporation  in  a  business  combination.  The
         combination has been accounted for as if it were a reverse acquisition,
         accordingly these statements  reflect the combined  operations from the
         beginning  of the  period  (see Note 9).  Global  was  incorporated  in
         California in 1996.  The financial  statements  include the accounts of
         the  Company  and  its  wholly  owned   subsidiary.   All   significant
         inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

         Net income per share

         The net income per share is computed by dividing the net income for the
         period by the weighted average number of common shares  outstanding for
         the period.  For the period  December 3, 1996 to September 30, 1997 and
         for the six months ended March 31, 1998 there were no potential  common
         shares to include in a computation of diluted  earnings per share.  For
         the year ended  September  30, 1998 and the six months  ended March 31,
         1999 potential  common shares and the  computation of diluted  earnings
         per share are not considered as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

         Estimates

         The  preparation  of the Company's  financial  statements in conformity
         with generally accepted  accounting  principles  requires the Company's
         management to make  estimates and  assumptions  that affect the amounts
         reported in these financial  statements and accompanying  notes. Actual
         results could differ from those estimates.

         Property and Equipment

         Property and equipment are being  depreciated by the  straight-line and
         accelerated  methods over lives  ranging from three to five years.  The
         depreciation  methods  are  designed  to expense the cost of the assets
         over their estimated useful lives.


                                       F-6

<PAGE>

                           Ubrandit.com and subsidiary
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


         Note 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         Intangibles

         Organization  costs are amortized under the  straight-line  method over
         five years.  Amortization of organization  costs expensed to operations
         for the year ended  September  30, 1998 and the six months  ended March
         31, 1999 were $20 and $130, respectively.

         Revenue Recognition

         The Company recognizes  revenue when website design is complete,  terms
         of advertising projects are met and when mailing lists are rented.

         Comprehensive Income

         There  were no  items  of  other  comprehensive  income  in the  period
         December 3, 1996 to September  30, 1997;  the year ended  September 30,
         1998,  the six months  ended  March 31,  1998  (unaudited)  and the six
         months  ended  March  31,  1999  and,  thus,  net  income  is  equal to
         comprehensive income for all four periods.

         Research and Development Costs

         Research and development  costs are charged to operations when incurred
         and  are  included  in  operating  expenses.  The  amounts  charged  to
         operations  for the period  December 3, 1996 to September 30, 1997; the
         year ended  September  30,  1998,  the six months  ended March 31, 1998
         (unaudited) and the six months ended March 31, 1999 were  approximately
         $8,000, $8,000, $4,000 and $30,894, respectively.

         Note 2.  CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

         The Company's funds are deposited in a federally insured institution up
         to $100,000.  As of March 31, 1999 the funds under deposit  exceed this
         insured amount by $750,000.

         For the year ended  September  30, 1998 and the six months  ended March
         31, 1998  (unaudited)  the Company derived 54% of its revenues from one
         customer for sponsorship advertising on e-commerce Web-based systems to
         the Internet for both periods.  The Company derived ninety-nine percent
         of its  revenues  from the  rental  of  customer  mailing  lists to one
         customer  for  the  six  months  ended  March  31,  1999.  The  Company
         anticipates these concentrations not to be significant in the future as
         revenue will be derived from other sources.


                                       F-7

<PAGE>

                           Ubrandit.com and subsidiary
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

         Note 3.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         The  Company  received  computer  equipment,  services  and cash from a
         company  controlled  by a majority  stockholder  of the Company.  These
         items  were  received  in  exchange  for  amounts  due of $28,589 as of
         September 30, 1998 and $100,000 as of March 31, 1999, respectively. The
         total amount due of $100,000,  as of March 31, 1999,  was  converted to
         stock in April 1999 (see Note 13).

         The  Company  owes  $4,990  to a  stockholder  as a  result  of a stock
         subscription overpayment during February 1999. This amount was refunded
         to this stockholder in April 1999.

         Note 4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

         The  following is a summary of property and  equipment,  at cost,  less
         accumulated depreciation:


                                                 September 30,   March 31,
                                              -----------------  ---------
                                                1997      1998      1999
                                              -------   -------   -------
             Computer equipment               $ 3,283   $42,195   $83,281
             Less accumulated depreciation        395    10,935    19,434
                                              -------   -------   -------
             Net property and equipment       $ 2,888   $31,260   $63,847
                                              =======   =======   =======


         For the period  December 3, 1996 to September 30, 1997,  the year ended
         September 30, 1998, the six months ended March 31, 1998 (unaudited) and
         the six months  ended March 31,  1998,  the  amounts  for  depreciation
         expense  charged to operations were $395,  $10,540,  $5,430 and $8,480,
         respectively.

         Note 5.  LICENSE AGREEMENTS

         On February 2, 1998 the  Company's  subsidiary  Global  entered into an
         Information  Distribution  License agreement with an unrelated company.
         The Agreement grants a nonexclusive,  nontransferable right and license
         to distribute electronically,  a stock quote data feed. Under the terms
         of the three-year agreement Global paid a one-time  installation fee of
         $1,230 in January 1998. In addition the contract requires Global to pay
         a monthly fee of $970 plus  redistribution  fees based on the number of
         months the data feed is used. During the year ended September 30, 1998,
         the six months  ended  March 31,  1998  (unaudited)  and the six months
         ended  March 31,  1999  Global  paid fees of  $9,331,  $2,200 and $970,
         respectively.  As of  September  30,  1998 and March 31, 1999 there are
         amounts due of $5,830 and $8,300, respectively.

         Additionally,  the Company's  subsidiary Global entered into a Computer
         Software  License  Agreement on April 21, 1998.  The  agreement  grants
         Global  the  right to use  "NT-TASRV"  operating  system  and  provides
         monthly  service  and  support of this  system.  Under the terms of the
         contract  Global  paid an  initial  license  fee of  $1,025  and pays a
         monthly fee of $1,025.  For the year ended  September  30, 1998 and the
         six months  ended  March 31,  1999  Global had paid  $7,175 and $5,125,
         respectively, in fees.


                                       F-8

<PAGE>

                           Ubrandit.com and subsidiary
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

         Note 5.  LICENSE AGREEMENTS (Continued)

         In addition,  the Company's  subsidiary  Global  entered into a License
         Agreement with an unrelated  company on January 19, 1999. The Agreement
         grants non-exclusive, non-transferable, limited right to use data feeds
         for music, video, books and an encyclopedia of popular music. Under the
         terms of the  one-year  agreement,  Global  will pay the  greater  of a
         minimum  monthly  fee of  $3,500 or a  calculated  fee based on a fixed
         price per unit sold. For the six months ended March 31, 1999 Global has
         not paid any fees and March 31, 1999 there is an amount due of $3,500.

         Note 6.  CONVERTIBLE DEBT

         As of  September  30,  1998  and  March  31,  1999 the  Company  had an
         outstanding  note  payable  of  $150,000  to  an  unrelated  party  due
         November,  2000.  The terms of the note  require a balloon  payment  of
         $150,000 of principle and cumulative interest accrued at 9.5%. The debt
         and accrued  interest  were  converted to stock in April 1999 (see Note
         13).

         Note 7.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

         During  December  1996 the Company  issued  1,000 shares of stock to an
         officer of the Company in  consideration  for services  provided to the
         Company.

         During  February  1998,  860,000 shares of stock were issued to various
         investors  at  $0.01  per  share  for  cash of  $8,600,  pursuant  to a
         Regulation   D,  Rule  504  offering.   Issuance   costs  were  $3,200.
         Additionally,  the Company issued 40,000 shares of restricted  stock at
         $0.01 per share for cash of $400 pursuant to Rule 4-2

         During December 1998,  4,140,000 shares of stock were issued to various
         investors  at $0.01  per  share  for  cash of  $41,400,  pursuant  to a
         Regulation D, Rule 504 offering. Issuance costs were $3,000.

         During February 1999,  1,890,000 shares of stock were issued to various
         investors  at $0.50  per  share  for cash of  $945,000,  pursuant  to a
         Regulation D, Rule 504 offering. Issuance costs were $8,000.

         On March 11, 1999 1,826,000  shares of stock were issued in conjunction
         with the acquisition of Global (see Note 9).


                                       F-9

<PAGE>

                           Ubrandit.com and subsidiary
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

         Note 8.  STOCK OPTION PLAN

         The Company  adopted an incentive  stock option plan on March 11, 1999.
         Under the plan,  the Company may grant up to  2,500,000  in options for
         the purchase of common stock.  The exercise  price of each option shall
         not be less than eighty five percent  (85%) of the fair market value of
         the common stock at the date of grant.  The maximum term of the options
         is five  years.  Of the  1,135,000  options  granted  785,000 are fully
         vested and the remainder vest within one year from the date of grant.

         Pursuant to the terms of an  employment  contract  the  Company  issued
         350,000  stock  purchase  options to an officer of the Company.  Of the
         350,000 options granted, one third will vest September, 1999, one third
         will vest in March 2000 and the  remaining  one third will vest  March,
         2001.

         The  Company  applies  APB  Opinion  25 in  accounting  for  its  stock
         compensation  plan. No  compensation  cost has been  recognized for the
         period  ending March 31, 1999.  Had the Company  elected to account for
         stock based compensation pursuant to SFAS No. 123 "Accounting for Stock
         Based Compensation" the difference would not have been material.

         Following  is a summary of the status of the options  during the period
         ended March 31, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Incentive Stock Option Plan        Others
                                     ----------------------    ----------------------
                                                   Weighted                  Weighted
                                                   Average                   Average
                                     Number of     Exercise    Number of     Exercise
                                      Shares        Price        Shares       Price
                                     ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>
Outstanding at October 1, 1998            --           --           --          --

         Granted                     1,135,000    $    0.81      350,000    $   3.35
         Exercise                         --           --           --          --
         Forfeited                        --           --           --          --
                                     ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

Outstanding at March 31, 1999        1,135,000    $    0.81      350,000    $   3.35
                                     =========    =========    =========    =========
Options exercisable at
 March 31, 1999                        785,000    $    0.50         --          --
                                     =========    =========    =========    =========
Weighted average fair value
 of options granted during
 year                                             $   0.004
                                                  =========
</TABLE>


                                      F-10

<PAGE>

         Note 8.  STOCK OPTION PLAN (Continued)

         Following  is a summary of the  status of the  options  outstanding  at
         March 31, 1999:


                                Outstanding Options          Exercisable Options
                         ----------------------------------- -------------------
                                        Weighted
                                         Average    Weighted            Weighted
                                        Remaining   Average              Average
          Exercise                     Contractual  Exercise            Exercise
         Price Range        Number        Life       Price     Number    Price
         -----------     -----------   -----------  ---------  ------  ---------
          Incentive Stock Option Plan:

         $0.50-$0.75        785,000     5 years      $0.50     785,000    $0.50
         $1.50-$1.50        350,000     5 years      $1.50        --        --

         Others:

         $3.35-$3.35        350,000     5 years      $3.35        --        --

         Note 9.  ACQUISITION

         On March 11, 1999 the Company  entered  into an  Agreement  and Plan of
         Exchange with a related  corporation,  Global  Investors  Guide.  As of
         March 11, 1999 Global became a wholly owned  subsidiary of the Company.
         On March 11,  1999 the  Company  issued  shares of stock to each common
         stock  shareholder  of Global in  exchange  for all of the  issued  and
         outstanding  Global  stock at an exchange  rate of 1,826  shares of the
         Company's  common stock for 1 share of Global's  common stock (See Note
         1).

         Pursuant  to  this  agreement  the   shareholders  of  Global  received
         1,826,000  Shares of the  Company's  common  stock in exchange  for its
         issued and outstanding common shares.

         Note 10. DEFERRED OFFERING COSTS

         As of  September  30,  1998  and  March  31,  1999,  the  Company  had,
         respectively,  $3,000 and $5,000 in  professional  fees,  which related
         directly to Rule 506 offerings in process.

         Note 11. INCOME TAXES

         The  Company  has  a  Federal  net  operating  loss   carryforward   of
         approximately  $280,000,  which will  expire in the year 2014.  The tax
         benefit of this net operating loss of  approximately  $175,000 has been
         offset by a full allowance for  realization.  This  carryforward may be
         limited upon the consummation of a business  combination  under Section
         381 of the Internal Revenue Code.


                                      F-11

<PAGE>

         Note 12. YEAR 2000

         The Company  has  assessed  its  exposure  to date  sensitive  computer
         software programs that may not be operative  subsequent to 1999 and has
         implemented a requisite course of action to minimize Year 2000 risk and
         ensure that neither significant costs nor disruption of normal business
         operations are encountered. However, because there is no guarantee that
         all systems of outside vendors or other entities on which the Company's
         operations rely will be 2000 compliant, the Company remains susceptible
         to consequences of the Year 2000 issue.

         Note 13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

         In April  1999  the  Company  converted  $150,000  of debt and  accrued
         interest  due to an unrelated  party into 300,000  shares of stock at a
         value of $164,251 (see Note 3).

         In April 1999 the Company converted an amount due to a related party of
         $100,000 into 200,000 shares of stock.

         During  April  1999,  1,000,000  shares of stock were issued to various
         investors  at $1.00  per share for cash of  $1,000,000,  pursuant  to a
         Regulation D, Rule 506 offering. Issuance costs were $10,000.

         The Company  entered into an operating  lease for office space in April
         1999. The lease has a one year term with monthly payments of $9,540.


                                      F-12

<PAGE>


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

2.1      Agreement and Plan of Reorganization  for the Acquisition of all of the
         Outstanding  Shares  of  Common  Stock  of  Global  Investors  Guide by
         Ubrandit.com *
3.1      Ubrandit.com Articles of Incorporation and amendments *
3.2      Ubrandit.com By-laws *
10.1     1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan *
10.2     Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement **
10.3     Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement **
10.4     Information Distribution Agreement *
10.5     Database License Agreement ***
10.6     Computer Software License Agreement *
10.7     License Agreement ***
11.1     Statement of Computation of per share earnings reference is made to the
         Income Statement of the Financial Statements *
21.1     Subsidiary of Registrant  Global  Investment  Guide,  Inc.  Articles of
         Incorporation *
21.2     Subsidiary of Registrant Global Investment Guide, Inc. By-laws *
- ----------
*        Filed herewith.
**       To be filed with subsequent amendment to the Registration Statement.
***      To be filed with subsequent  amendment to the  Registration  Statement.
         Portions  omitted  pursuant to a confidential  treatment  request to be
         filed separately with the Commission.

                                       35

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, the registrant  has duly caused this  registration  statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Ubrandit.com



by:
    Jeff Phillips,
    President and Chief Executive Officer


                                       36





                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

             FOR THE ACQUISITION OF ALL OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES OF

                     COMMON STOCK OF GLOBAL INVESTORS GUIDE

                                BY UBRANDIT.COM



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                                                         PAGE
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
  RECITALS ..................................................................................................1
  ARTICLE I - THE REORGANIZATION ............................................................................2
  ARTICLE II - EXCHANGE OF SHARES ...........................................................................3
  ARTICLE III - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GIG .......................................................4
  ARTICLE IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF UBRANDIT ...................................................9
  ARTICLE V - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SHAREHOLDERS ...............................................12
  ARTICLE VI - MISCELLANEOUS ...............................................................................13

 EXHIBITS:

       List of GIG Shareholders ............................................................................"A"
       Liabilities of GIG .................................................................................."B"
       Schedule of Tangible Property of GIG ................................................................"C'
       Accounts Receivable of GIG .........................................................................."D"
       Contracts and Commitments of GIG ...................................................................."E"
       Schedule of Proprietary Information and Intellectual Property of GIG ................................"F"
       List of GIG Bank Accounts and Signatories Therefor .................................................."G"
       Financial Statements of UBRANDIT ...................................................................."H"
</TABLE>




<PAGE>

                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
             FOR THE ACQUISITION OF ALL OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES OF
                     COMMON STOCK OF GLOBAL INVESTORS GUIDE
                                 BY UBRANDIT.COM

          THIS  AGREEMENT  AND  PLAN OF  REORGANIZATION,  dated  this 11' day of
 March,  1999, by and among the common  shareholders of GLOBAL  INVESTORS GUIDE,
 whose names are listed in Exhibit  "A," a copy of which is attached  hereto and
 incorporated  herein by this reference (the  "Shareholders"),  GLOBAL INVESTORS
 GUIDE ("GIG"),  a California  corporation,  and  UBRANDIT.COM  ("UBRANDIT"),  a
 Nevada corporation.

                                    RECITALS:

          A. WHEREAS, the Shareholders together own, beneficially and of record,
 the issued and outstanding  shares of the common stock of GIG  (hereinafter the
 shares of common stock are referred to as the "Exchanged  Shares") as set forth
 in the schedule  attached hereto and  incorporated  herein by this reference as
 Exhibit "A;" and

          B. WHEREAS, UBRANDIT desires to purchase from each of the Shareholders
 all of the outstanding Exchanged Shares owned by them solely in exchange for an
 aggregate of 1,826,000  shares (the  "UBRANDIT  Shares") of the common stock of
 UBRANDIT,  par value $.001,  and each of the  Shareholders  desires to exchange
 their  Exchanged  Shares for the UBRANDIT  Shares,  the number of the Exchanged
 Shares being  surrendered  and the number of UBRANDIT  Shares being received by
 each of the Shareholders is as set forth in Exhibit "A" hereto; and

          C. WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto  desire to set forth the  definitive
 terms  and  conditions  upon  which  each  of the  Shareholders  shall  sell to
 UBRANDIT, and UBRANDIT shall purchase from each of the Shareholders, all of the
 Stock of GIG owned by each of them; and

          D. WHEREAS,   it is intended that GIG, UBRANDIT,  and their respective
 shareholders  will  recognize  no gain or loss for   U.S.  federal  income  tax
 purposes under Section 368 (a)(1)(B)  of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as


                                        1

<PAGE>

 amended (the "Code"), and the regulations promulgated thereunder as a result of
 the Reorganization; and

          NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of the foregoing  premises and the
 mutual representations,  warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein,
 and in  accordance  with the  applicable  provisions  of state law, the parties
 hereto covenant and agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                               THE REORGANIZATION

          1.1  The  Reorganization.  On and as of the  Closing  (as  defined  in
 Section 1.2 below) of this Agreement,  the Shareholders  shall surrender all of
 their  Exchanged  Shares in exchange for the UBRANDIT Shares in the amounts set
 forth opposite the  respective  names of the  Shareholders  in Exhibit "A." The
 transactions  contemplated  hereby  are  intended  to  qualify  as  a  tax-free
 reorganization   under   ss.368(a)(1)(B)   of  the  Code  and  the  regulations
 promulgated thereunder and the parties hereto agree to report them as such.

          1.2  Closing. The closing of the Reorganization  (the "Closing") shall
 take place (i) at the offices of GIG, at 1130 Camino Del Mar, Suite J, Del Mar,
 CA 92014 at 10:00 a.m.,  local time,  on March 11, 1999;  or (ii) at such other
 time and place and on such other date as the  Shareholders,  GIG,  and UBRANDIT
 agree (the "Closing Date"). The Closing Date shall be the effective date of the
 Reorganization.

          1.3  Taking of Necessary Actions. The Shareholders,  GIG, and UBRANDIT
 shall each take all such actions as may be reasonably  necessary or appropriate
 in order to effectuate  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and to make the
 Reorganization  effective as of the  Effective  Date.  If at any time after the
 Effective  Date any further  action is  necessary or desirable to carry out the
 purposes of this  Agreement  and to vest UBRANDIT with full title to all of the
 Exchanged Shares,  the Shareholders,  and the officers and directors of GIG and
 UBRANDIT,  at the  expense  of  UBRANDIT,  shall  take  all such  necessary  or
 appropriate  action. To effect the intents and purposes of this Agreement,  the
 following  actions  shall be taken at the  Closing,  shall be  deemed  to occur


                                        2

<PAGE>

simultaneously,  and the  accomplishment  of which  actions by the parties whose
duty it is to perform such actions is duly acknowledged by the execution of this
Agreement by the parties hereto:

                   1.3.1  Negotiation  of  Employment  Agreements.  As  soon  as
 practicable  after the  Closing,  but in no event longer than 60 days after the
 Closing  Date,  UBRANDIT  agrees to  negotiate  in good faith  with  respect to
 entering into employment  agreements,  to be approved by the Board of Directors
 of UBRANDIT,  by and between  UBRANDIT,  as employer,  and Mike Fagan,  J. Eric
 Arterburn,  Mark  Cullivan,  and Will  Childers as  employees,  all of whom are
 currently employed by GIG.

                   1.3.2  Delivery of Exchanged Shares to UBRANDIT;  Delivery of
 the UBRANDIT Shares to the Shareholders.  In consideration of the tender by the
 Shareholders of their Exchanged Shares,  copies of which are attached hereto as
 Exhibit "C," UBRANDIT shall deliver  irrevocable orders to UBRANDIT's  transfer
 agent, Pacific Stock Transfer Company, ("PSTC") to issue the UBRANDIT Shares to
 the Shareholder Representative,  on behalf of the Shareholders, in such amounts
 as set forth in Exhibit "A."

                                   ARTICLE II

                               EXCHANGE OF SHARES

          2.1 Exchange of Shares.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  of this
 Agreement, on the Closing Date, by virtue of the Reorganization and without any
 further action on the part of the  Shareholders,  GIG, or UBRANDIT,  all of the
 Exchanged  Shares shall be exchanged for the UBRANDIT  Shares in the amounts to
 the  Shareholders  as set forth in Exhibit  "'A."  Each  share of the  UBRANDIT
 Shares shall be validly issued, duly authorized,  fully paid, and nonassessable
 shares of the Common Stock of UBRANDIT as of the Closing Date.

          2.2 Exchange of Certificates.  At the Closing,  UBRANDIT shall present
 and deliver to  the  Shareholders  an  irrevocable  direction  to PSTC to issue
 stock  certificates  representing  the UBRANDIT Common  Shares to be issued GIG
 shareholders pursuant to the Schedule set forth in Exhibit"A".    Upon delivery


                                        3

<PAGE>

 thereof,  the  Shareholders  shall  present and deliver to UBRANDIT  all of the
 certificates representing the Exchanged Shares.

          2.3 No Further  Rights.  From and after the Closing  Date,  holders of
 certificates  formerly  evidencing the Exchanged Shares shall cease to have any
 rights as shareholders of GIG, except as provided herein or by law.

          2.4      Conditions Precedent to Closing.

                   2.4.1 The Closing shall be  contingent  upon the agreement of
 Shareholders  holding a minimum of 80% of the outstanding  Exchange Shares.  At
 such time as Shareholders holding a minimum of 80% of the Exchanged Shares have
 entered into this Agreement, the parties shall proceed with the Closing.

                                   ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                      OFGIG

          GIG represents and warrants to, and covenants  with,  UBRANDIT,  as of
 the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, as follows:

          3.1 Organization  and  Corporate  Power.   GIG is a  corporation  duly
 organized, in good standing, and validly existing under the laws of California.
 GIG has all requisite  corporate power and authority to conduct its business as
 now being  conducted and to own and lease the properties  which it now owns and
 leases.  The charter  documents of GIG as amended to date, the Bylaws of GIG as
 amended to date,  which have  previously  been provided to UBRANDIT by GIG, are
 true and complete copies thereof as currently in effect.

          3.2 Authorization.  GIG has full corporate power, legal capacity,  and
 authority to enter into this  Agreement, to execute all attendant documents and
 instruments   contemplated  hereby,  and to  perform  all  of  its  obligations
 hereunder.  This Agreement,   and each and every other agreement,  document and
 instrument to be executed by  GIG in connection herewith,  has been effectively
 authorized  by all  necessary   action  on the part of GIG,  including  without


                                        4

<PAGE>

 limitation  the  approvals of GIG's Board of  Directors,  which  authorizations
 remain in full force and effect,  have been duly executed and delivered by GIG.
 No other  authorizations or proceedings on the part of GIG or the Shareholders,
 or otherwise,  are required to authorize this Agreement and/or the transactions
 contemplated  hereby.  This Agreement  constitutes the legal, valid and binding
 obligation of GIG and each of the Shareholders and is enforceable  against each
 of them in accordance  with its terms,  except as enforcement may be limited by
 bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  priority  or  other  laws  or  court
 decisions  relating to or affecting  generally  the  enforcement  of creditors'
 rights or affecting generally the availability of equitable remedies.

          3.3  No  Conflicts; No Consents. Neither the execution and delivery of
 this Agreement,  nor the  consummation by GIG or the Shareholders of any of the
 transactions  contemplated  hereby,  or compliance  with any of the  provisions
 hereof, will (i) conflict with or result in a material breach of, violation of,
 or default  under,  any of the terms,  conditions or provisions of any material
 note, bond,  mortgage,  indenture,  license,  lease,  credit agreement or other
 agreement,   document,   instrument,   permit,  authorization,   or  obligation
 (including, without limitation, any of its charter documents) to which GIG is a
 party or by which it or any of its assets or properties  may be bound,  or (ii)
 violate any judgment,  order,  injunction,  decree, statute, rule or regulation
 applicable  to GIG or its assets or  properties,  the  violation of which would
 have a material adverse effect upon the business,  properties, or assets, or in
 the condition  (financial or  otherwise) of GIG. No  authorization,  consent or
 approval  of  any  public  body  or  authority  was  or is  necessary  for  the
 consummation  by GIG or the  Shareholders of the  transactions  contemplated by
 this Agreement.

          3.4  Capitalization.  The  authorized capital stock of GIG consists of
 10,000 shares of common stock, no par value.  As of the date hereof,  there are
 1,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.   There are no outstanding
 contracts   or other  rights to  subscribe  for or  purchase,  or  contracts or
 obligations  to issue or  grant any rights to acquire  any equity  security  of
 GIG. GIG does not have any contracts  or obligations to redeem,  repurchase, or
 otherwise  reacquire any equity  security of GIG.  All of the Exchanged  Shares
 are  duly  authorized,   validly  issued  and  outstanding,   fully  paid,  and
 nonassessable and have been issued in conformity with all applicable laws.


                                        5

<PAGE>

          3.5   No Pending  Material Litigation  or  Proceedings.  There  are no
 actions,  suits  or  proceedings  pending  or,  to the best  knowledge  of GIG,
 threatened  against or affecting GIG affecting the Shareholders'  rights in the
 Exchanged Shares (including actions, suits or proceedings where liabilities may
 be  adequately  covered by  insurance)  at law or in equity or before or by any
 federal, state, municipal or other governmental department,  commission, court,
 board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, or affecting any
 of the officers,  directors of GIG or the  Shareholders  in connection with the
 business,  operations or affairs of either of them,  which might  reasonably be
 expected to result in any material  adverse change in the business,  properties
 or assets,  or in the  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of GIG,  or which
 question or challenge the  Reorganization.  GIG is not subject to any voluntary
 or involuntary  proceeding  under federal  bankruptcy  laws and has not made an
 assignment for the benefit of creditors.

          3.6   Liabilities. Attached hereto as Exhibit "B" is a schedule of the
 material liabilities of GIG, other than then the Contracts and Commitments that
 GIG is  party  to set  forth  in  Paragraph  3.16  of this  Agreement,  and the
 Creditors  willing to discharge  GIG debt for shares of UBRANDIT  Common Stock.
 The parties to this  Agreement  have agreed to pay certain of the  creditors of
 GIG with common  shares of UBRANDIT.  Said  creditors  have agreed to discharge
 $.50 of GIG debt in exchange for one share of UBRANDIT restricted Common Stock.
 Exhibit "B" fairly and accurately reflects the material liabilities of GIG.

          3.7   Applicable Permits.GIG holds all licenses, franchises,  permits,
 and  authorizations  necessary  for  the  lawful  conduct  of its  business  as
 presently  conducted  and which the  failure  to so hold  would have a material
 adverse  effect upon the  business,  properties,  or assets,  or the  condition
 (financial or otherwise) of GIG.

          3.8   Disclosure.    Neither  GIG nor,  to its  knowledge,  any of the
  Shareholders  has any  knowledge  of any fact which has not been  disclosed in
  writing to  UBRANDIT  which may  reasonably  be  expected  to  materially  and
  adversely  affect  the  business,  properties,  or  assets,  or the  condition
  (financial or otherwise) of GIG or title of the  Shareholders to the Exchanged
  Shares or their ability to perform all of the  obligations  to be performed by


                                        6

<PAGE>

 them  under  this  Agreement  and/or  any  other  agreement  between  GIG,  the
 Shareholders, and UBRANDIT to be entered into pursuant to any provision of this
 Agreement.

          3.9   Ownership of GIG.  GIG issued each  Shareholder  that number 'Of
 Shares set forth  opposite the  Shareholder's  respective  name on Exhibit "A,"
 which shares together  constitute all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of
 the  capital  Stock,  common  and  preferred,  of  GIG.  The  Shares  are  duly
 authorized,  validly issued and outstanding,  fully paid and  nonassessable and
 were issued by GIG in conformity with all applicable laws.

          3.10  Subsidiaries.  GIG  has  no  subsidiaries  and  no  investments,
 directly or indirectly, or other financial interest in any other corporation or
 business organization, joint venture or partnership of any kind.

          3.11  Real  Property.  GIG has no real  property  owned by it or under
 long term lease to or subleased by it.

          3.12  Tangible  Personal  Property.  GIG  owns the  tangible  personal
 property set forth in Exhibit "C "

          3.13  Tax Matters.  GIG has,  since  its  inception,  duly  filed  all
 material federal, state, municipal, local, and other tax returns. Copies of all
 such tax returns have been made  available for  inspection by UBRANDIT prior to
 the execution hereof.  All federal,  state,  municipal,  local, and other taxes
 shown to be due on such  returns  have been  paid or will be paid  prior to the
 time they become delinquent.

          3.14  Accounts  Receivable.  GIG has the accounts receivable set forth
 in Exhibit "D".

          3.15  Inventory.   GIG   has  no   inventories   of   raw   materials,
 work-in-process, or finished goods.

          3.16  Contracts  and  Commitments.  GIG  has no  contract,  agreement,
 obligation or commitment, written or oral, expressed or implied, which involves
 a commitment or liability of GIG in excess of $5,000,  (except  obligations set
 forth in Exhibit "E") and no union contracts, employee or consulting contracts,
 financing


                                        7

<PAGE>

 agreements,    debtor   or   creditor   arrangements,    licenses,   franchise,
 manufacturing,  distributorship  or dealership  agreements,  leases,  or bonus,
 health  or stock  option  plans.  As of the date  hereof,  to the best of their
 knowledge,  there exist no  circumstances  which would  affect the  validity or
 enforceability of any of such contracts and other agreements in accordance with
 their respective terms. GIG has performed and complied in all material respects
 with all obligations  required to be performed by it to date under,  and is not
 in default  (without  giving  effect to any  required  notice or grace  period)
 under,  or in breach of, the terms,  conditions  or  provisions  of any of such
 contracts and other agreements. The validity and enforceability of any contract
 or other  agreement  described  herein has not been and shall not be materially
 and adversely  affected by the execution and delivery of this Agreement without
 any further action.

          3.17  Proprietary  Information  and  the  intellectual  property.  The
 Intellectual property, work product, computer code, and proprietary systems and
 procedures owned and/or developed by GIG are set forth in Exhibit "F".

          3.18  Insurance. GIG maintains no insurance policies.

          3.19  Arrangements  with  Employees;  Labor  Relations.  There  are no
 bonus,  pension,  profit sharing,  commission,  deferred  compensation or other
 plans or arrangements  in effect as of the date of this  Agreement.  GIG has no
 obligations under any collective bargaining agreement or other contract,  under
 any  employment  contract or  consulting  agreement,  or under any  executive's
 compensation plan, agreement or arrangement.

          3.20  Bank Accounts. All bank and savings accounts, and other accounts
 at similar  financial  institutions,  of GIG  existing  at date of Closing  are
 listed on Exhibit  "G."  Exhibit "G" contains a list of the name of each person
 or entity  authorized to sign on the bank accounts,  borrow money,  or incur or
 guarantee indebtedness on behalf of GIG.

          3.21  Powers of Attorney.  No valid powers of attorney from GIG to any
 person or entity exist as of the date of this Agreement.


                                        8

<PAGE>

          3.22  Relationships   with   Customers  and   Suppliers.   No  present
 substantial  customer or substantial supplier to GIG has indicated an intention
 to  terminate  or  materially  and  adversely   alter  its  existing   business
 relationship therewith,  and, to the best knowledge of GIG, none of the present
 customers of or substantial suppliers to GIG intends to do so.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                   OF UBRANDIT

          UBRANDIT  hereby  represents and warrants to, and covenants with, each
 of the Shareholders and GIG as follows:

          4.1  Organization  and Corporate Power. UBRANDIT is a corporation duly
 organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
 Nevada. UBRANDIT has all requisite corporate power and authority to conduct its
 business as now being  conducted and to own and lease the  properties  which it
 now  owns and  leases.  The  Articles  of  Incorporation  as  amended  to date,
 certified  by the  Secretary  of State of  Nevada,  the Bylaws of  UBRANDIT  as
 amended to date, and the  resolutions of UBRANDIT's  directors  authorizing the
 execution,  delivery,  and performance of this Agreement,  all certified by the
 President and the Secretary of UBRANDIT, which have previously been provided to
 GIG by UBRANDIT, are true and complete copies thereof as currently in effect.

          4.2  Authorization.  UBRANDIT has full corporate power, legal capacity
 and corporate authority to enter into this Agreement,  to execute all attendant
 documents   and   instruments   contemplated   hereby,   to  enter   into  this
 Reorganization,   and  to  perform  all  of  its  obligations  hereunder.  This
 Agreement,  and each and every other  agreement,  document and instrument to be
 executed by UBRANDIT in connection herewith, has been effectively authorized by
 all necessary action on the part of UBRANDIT,  including without limitation the
 approvals of UBRANDIT's Board of Directors which authorizations  remain in full
 force and effect,  have been duly  executed and  delivered by UBRANDIT,  and no
 other authorizations or proceedings on the part of UBRANDIT, or otherwise,  are
 required to  authorize  this  Agreement  and/or the  transactions  contemplated


                                      9

<PAGE>

 hereby. This Agreement  constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of
 UBRANDIT and is  enforceable  against  UBRANDIT in  accordance  with its terms,
 except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
 priority or other laws or court  decisions  relating to or affecting  generally
 the enforcement of creditors' rights or affecting generally the availability of
 equitable remedies.

          4.3. No Conflicts; No Consents.  Neither the execution and delivery of
 this Agreement,  nor the  consummation  by UBRANDIT of any of the  transactions
 contemplated  hereby, or compliance with any of the provisions hereof, will (i)
 conflict  with or result in a  material  breach  of,  violation  of, or default
 under,  any of the terms,  conditions or provisions of any material note, bond,
 mortgage,  indenture,  license,  lease,  credit  agreement or other  agreement,
 document,  instrument or obligation (including,  without limitation, any of its
 charter  documents)  to which  UBRAND1T is a party or by which it or any of its
 assets or  properties  may be  bound,  or (ii)  violate  any  judgment,  order,
 injunction,  decree,  statute, rule or regulation applicable to UBRANDIT or its
 assets or  properties,  the  violation  of which would have a material  adverse
 effect upon the business, properties, or assets, or in the condition (financial
 or otherwise) of UBRANDIT. No authorization,  consent or approval of any public
 body or authority was or is necessary for the  consummation  by UBRANDIT of the
 transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          4.4  Capitalization. The authorized capital stock of UBRANDIT consists
 of 25,000,000  shares of common stock,  par value one hundredth of $.001. As of
 the date  hereof,  there  are  6,930,000  shares  of common  stock  issued  and
 outstanding.  All of the  shares of common  stock  issued and  outstanding  are
 validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable. Additionally non-statutory stock
 options to purchase  995,000 have been granted to key  employees  and directors
 for an  exercise  price of $.50 to $1.00  per  share  pursuant  to the  vesting
 schedules of the  respective  agreements.  Except for said options there are no
 outstanding  options,  warrants,  contracts or other rights to subscribe for or
 purchase,  or contracts or  obligations to issue or grant any rights to acquire
 any equity security of UBRANDIT. All of the UBRANDIT Shares, when issued to the
 Shareholders,  will be duly authorized,  validly issued and outstanding,  fully
 paid and nonassessable and were issued in conformity with all applicable laws.


                                       10

<PAGE>

          4.5  Financial   Statements  of  UBRANDIT;   Absence  of   Undisclosed
 Liabilities; No Adverse Changes. Attached hereto as Exhibit "H" are the audited
 financial  statements  of UBRANDIT  dated  December  31, 1998.  Such  financial
 statements (and the notes related  thereto) are herein  sometimes  collectively
 referred to as the  "UBRANDIT  Financial  Statements."  The UBRANDIT  Financial
 Statements are derived from the books and records of UBRANDIT,  which books and
 records have been consistently  maintained in a manner which reflects, and such
 books and records do fairly and accurately reflect,  the assets and liabilities
 of UBRANDIT  and fairly and  accurately  present  the  financial  condition  of
 UBRANDIT on the date of such  statements  and the results of its operations for
 the periods indicated, except as may be disclosed in the notes thereto.

          4.6  Tax  Matters.  UBRANDIT  has,  since  its  inception,  accurately
 prepared  and duly  filed all  federal,  state,  county  and local tax  returns
 required  to have been filed by it in those  jurisdictions  where the nature or
 conduct of its business  requires  such filing and where the failure to so file
 would be materially adverse to UBRANDIT.

          4.7  No Pending  Material  Litigation  or  Proceedings.  There  are no
 actions,  suits or  proceedings  pending or, to the best knowledge of UBRANDIT,
 threatened  against  or  affecting  UBRANDIT  (including   actions,   suits  or
 proceedings where liabilities may be adequately covered by insurance) at law or
 in equity or before or by any federal,  state,  municipal or other governmental
 department,  commission,  court,  board,  bureau,  agency  or  instrumentality,
 domestic  or  foreign,  or  affecting  any of  the  shareholders,  officers  or
 directors of UBRANDIT in connection with the business, operations or affairs of
 UBRANDIT,  which might result in any material  adverse  change in the business,
 properties or assets, or in the condition (financial or otherwise) of UBRANDIT,
 or which question or challenge the  Reorganization.  UBRANDIT is not subject to
 any voluntary or involuntary  proceeding under  applicable  bankruptcy laws and
 has not made an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

          4.8  Permits  and  Authorizations.  UBRANDIT  (i) holds all  licenses,
  franchises, permits and authorizations necessary for the lawful conduct of its
  business as presently conducted and which the failure to so  hold would have a


                                       11

<PAGE>

 material  adverse  effect  upon the  business,  properties,  or assets,  or the
 condition (financial or otherwise) of UBRANDIT.

          4.9  Disclosure.  UBRANDIT  has no knowledge of any fact which has not
 been  disclosed in writing to GIG or the  Shareholders  which may reasonably be
 expected  to  materially  and  adversely   affect  the  business,   properties,
 operations,  and/or prospects of UBRANDIT or the ability of UBRANDIT to perform
 all of the obligations to be performed by UBRANDIT under this Agreement  and/or
 any other agreement between GIG and UBRANDIT to be entered into pursuant to any
 provision of this Agreement.

          4.10 Subsidiaries.  UBRANDIT has no  subsidiaries  and no investments,
 directly or indirectly, or other financial interest in any other corporation or
 business  organization,  joint venture or  partnership  of any kind  whatsoever
 except as reflected in the UBRANDIT Financial Statements.

          4.11 Offering.     Subject  to  the   accuracy  of  the   Shareholders
 representations  in Section 5.4 hereof,  the offer,  sale,  and issuance of the
 UBRANDIT Shares to be issued in conformity with the terms of this Agreement and
 the transactions  contemplated hereby,  constitute transactions exempt from the
 registration  requirements  of  Section  5 of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
 amended,   and  from  all  applicable   state   registration  or  qualification
 requirements.

          4.12 Reporting  Requirements.   UBRANDIT  has  complied  with and will
 maintain its compliance with all of the  reporting  requirements  under the Act
 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended, through the Closing Date.

                                    ARTICLE V

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                               OF THE SHAREHOLDERS

           Each of the  Shareholders,  severally and not jointly,  represent and
 warrant to and covenant with UBRANDIT,  as of the date hereof, as follows:

           5.1 Authority.  The Shareholder has full rights, power, and authority
 to enter into this Agreement; the execution, delivery,  and performance of this


                                       12

<PAGE>

 Agreement by the  Shareholder  and the  consummation  by the Shareholder of the
 transactions  contemplated  hereby will not conflict with or result in a breach
 of any agreement to which the Shareholder is a party.

          5.2  Title.  The  Shareholder  has valid and  marketable  title to the
 number of Shares set forth  opposite  such  Shareholder's  name on Exhibit "A,"
 free and clear of any pledge,  lien,  security  interest,  or encumbrance other
 than  pursuant  to this  Agreement.  As of the  Closing  Date there is no lien,
 charge, mortgage,  pledge,  conditional sale agreement, or other encumbrance of
 any kind or nature recorded in the book of registry of shareholders of GIG with
 respect  to any of the  Exchanged  Shares  owned  by the  Shareholder  and  the
 Exchanged  Shares set forth in Exhibit "A" are duly  registered  in the name of
 the Shareholders as set forth in Exhibit "A."

          5.3  Restricted Stock. The Shareholder acknowledges that the Exchanged
 Shares being issued to the  Shareholders  hereunder  will be issued by UBRANDIT
 without  registration  or  qualification  or other filings being made under the
 Act,  or the  securities  or "blue sky" laws of any  state,  in  reliance  upon
 specific  exemptions  therefrom,  and in  furtherance  thereof the  Shareholder
 represents  that he is  acquiring  and will  hold the  shares  to be  delivered
 hereunder for his own account,  for investment  only, and not for  distribution
 within  the  meaning  of the U.S.  federal  securities  laws.  The  Shareholder
 acknowledges  that a legend,  substantially  in the  following  form,  shall be
 placed upon the face of each  certificate  representing  any of UBRANDIT Shares
 being delivered to the Shareholders hereunder:

           THE  SHARES   REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE  BEEN
           ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER
           THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933.  THE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR
           TRANSFERRED  IN  THE  ABSENCE  OF  SUCH  REGISTRATION  OR AN
           EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          6.1  Taxes and Expenses.


                                       13

<PAGE>

          6.1.1  Except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in 6.1.2  immediately
 below, GIG and UBRANDIT shall pay all of their own respective taxes, attorneys'
 fees and other costs and expenses  payable in connection with or as a result of
 the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and the performance and compliance with
 all agreements and conditions  contained in this Agreement  respectively  to be
 performed or observed by each of them.  The parties  represent and warrant that
 no  brokerage,  finders'  or other  similar  fees are being  paid by any of the
 parties in connection with this Agreement.

          6.1.2  The  Shareholders  shall pay all income  taxes,  if any,  which
 become due on  account  of the sale and  transfer  of the  Exchanged  Shares to
 UBRANDIT.

          6.1.3  The  representations  and warranties of GIG, the  Shareholders,
 and UBRANDIT contained herein and in any other document or instrument delivered
 by or on behalf  of GIG  and/or  the  Shareholders  or on  behalf  of  UBRANDIT
 pursuant hereto shall survive the Closing.

          6.2    Payment of Certain Debts of GIG. All parties to this  Agreement
 have agreed to the payment by separate  agreements of certain debts of GIG with
 common shares of UBRANDIT.  Certain creditors have agreed to discharge GIG debt
 at an exchange formula of $.50 of GIG debt for one share of UBRANDIT restricted
 Common  Stock.  Exhibit "B" sets forth the  Creditors  of GIG willing to accept
 shares in UBRANDIT.

          6.3    Other  Documents.  Each of the parties hereto shall execute and
 deliver such other and further  documents and instruments,  and take such other
 and  further  actions,  as  may  be  reasonably   requested  of  them  for  the
 implementation  and consummation of this Agreement and the transactions  herein
 contemplated.

          6.4    Parties in Interest.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and
 inure  to  the   benefit  of  the   parties   hereto,   the   heirs,   personal
 representatives, successors and assigns of UBRANDIT, the Shareholders, and GIG,
 but shall not confer, expressly or by implication,  any rights or remedies upon
 any other party.


                                       14

<PAGE>

          6.5    Governing  Law. This Agreement is made and shall be governed in
 all respects, including validity, interpretation and effect, by the laws of the
 State of Nevada.

          6.6    Notices. Any notice or the delivery of any item to be delivered
 by a party hereto shall be delivered  personally,  by U.S. mail, return receipt
 requested, or by Federal Express, next-day delivery. Any personal delivery made
 shall be deemed to have been made upon the  execution of a receipt for the item
 to be delivered by the party to whom delivery is made. Delivery by U.S. mail or
 Federal  Express  shall be deemed to have been made when  delivered  by Federal
 Express to the party to whom addressed.  All such  deliveries  shall be made to
 the  following  addresses,  or such other  addresses  as the  parties  may have
 instructed the others in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph:

  (a)     If to UBRANDIT:              UBRANDIT.COM
                                       3651 Lindell Road
                                       Suite A, Las Vegas
                                       Nevada, 89103
  (b)     If to GIG
          or the Shareholders:         GLOBAL INVESTORS GUIDE
                                       1130 Camino Del Mar,
                                       Suite J, Del Mar,
                                       California, 92014

 Any party  hereto may change its  address by written  notice to the other party
 given in accordance with this Section 6.5.

          6.7 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto
 contains  the entire  agreement  between the parties  and  supersede  all prior
 agreements, understandings and writings between the parties with respect to the
 subject  matter  hereof and  thereof.  Each party hereto  acknowledges  that no
 representations,  inducements,  promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, have
 been made by any party, or anyone acting with authority on behalf of any party,
 which  are not  embodied  herein  or in an  exhibit  hereto,  and that no other
 agreement,  statement  or  promise  may be  relied  upon or  shall  be valid or
 binding.  Neither this  Agreement  nor any term hereof may be changed,  waived,


                                       15

<PAGE>

 discharged  or  terminated  orally.  This  Agreement may be amended or any term
 hereof may be changed,  waived,  discharged  or  terminated  by an agreement in
 writing signed by UBRANDIT, GIG, and the Shareholders.

          6.8    Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is determined
 to be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable by any court,  department,  offficial,
 political  subdivision,  agency  or other  instrumentality  of any  government,
 whether state, local or federal,  the remaining provisions of this Agreement to
 the extent  permitted by aw, the parties hereto waive any provision of law that
 renders any provision hereof invalid or unenforceable in any respect.

          6.9    Headings.  The  captions  and  headings  used  herein  are  for
 convenience only and shall not be construed as a part of this Agreement.

          6.10   Attorney's  Fees.  In the event of any  litigation  between the
 parties, the non-prevailing part shall pay the reasonable  expenses,  including
 the attorney's fees, of the prevailing party in connection therewith.

          6.11   Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in  counterparts,
 each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which taken together shall
 constitute but one and the same document.

          6.12   Rule 144  Opinions.  The  parties  agree that after the Closing
 UBRANDIT  shall  reasonably  cooperate with respect to requests for opinions of
 counsel or  authorization  of officers of  UBRANDIT to  facilitate  the sale of
 unrestricted  shares of common stock of UBRANDIT  being made in reliance on the
 terms and conditions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 sales.

          6.13   Gender.  Whenever the content of this Agreement  requires,  the
 masculine gender shall include the feminine or neuter,  and the singular number
 shall include the plural.

          IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  and
 delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


                                       16

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit "A"
                            List of GIG Shareholders


 Shareholder                Number of GIG Shares      Number of UBRANDIT Shares
 to Receive
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Jeff Phillips                      880                       1,606,880
 Mike Fagan                          30                          54,780
 J. Eric Arterburn                   30                          54,780
 Mark Cullivan                       30                          54,780
 Will Childers                       30                          54,780




<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit "B"'
                               Liabilities of GIG

 Creditor: Bloomington Corporate Services
 Debt: $150,000

 Creditor: Market Publishing
 Debt: $100,000




<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                   Exhibit "C"
                     Schedule of Tangible Personal Property
<CAPTION>

    Computers
    Processor           RAM (MBs)        Hard Drive (GIG's)               0/s                        Monitor
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>                  <C>            <C>                             <C>
 Workstations
 P11300 MMX                   64                   4             Win98 4.10.1998                 CyberVision C112 21"
 PPro 180                    128                  3.7            Win95 4.00.950B                 CyberVision DS95 21"
 P120                         32                  1.5            Win98 4.10.1998                 Shamrock 17"
 P233 MMX                     32                  1.5            Win98 4.10.1998                 Shamrock 17"
 P233 MMX                     32                  1.5            Win98 4.10.1999                 Micron 17"
 P166                         32                   2             Win95 4.00.950C                 NEC XV-17 17"
 P133                         48                  1.5            Win98 4.00.1998                 Impressions 7 Plus 17"
 File Servers
 P200 MMX                     64               3.7, 1.2          WinNT 4.00.1381 SP3             Shamrock 15"
 P90                          32                  4.5            WinNT 4.00.1381 SP3
 Web Servers
 P11300 MMX                  128                   8             VVinNT 4.00.1381 SP3
 P166                         64                   6             WinNT 4.00.1381 SP3
 P11300 MMX                  256                   8             WinNT 4.00.1381 SP3
 P11350 MMX                  128                  10             WinNT 4.00.1281 SP3
 P11350 MMX                  256              10.0, 10.0         WinNT 4.00.1381 SP4
</TABLE>

 Printers
 HP Office Jet 570
 Rena DA590
 Epson Stylus Color 800
 HP Laster Jet 4+
 HP Laser Jet 5
 HP Laser Jet 5

 Other Miscellaneous Office Equipment
 Toshiba 2060 Copier
 MBM 3802 Shredder
 ASCOM Hasler System 220 Postage Meter
 Sharp UX-1100 Fax Machine
 HP Fax-700
 HP Fax-750
 HP Scan Jet 4C
 Zip Drive
 HP SureStore T4
 Nitsuko NX7NA-824 Phone System




<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit "'D"

             Global Investors Guide, Inc. has no accounts receivable




<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit "E"
                        Contracts and Commitments of GIG

 1. Agreement with S&P Comstock Financial to provide GIG with financial data for
 a fee of  $3,500  pre  month  3month  left on  contract  automatic  renewal  2.
 Agreement with Tal Software license payment of $1,000 per month.
 Agreement expires in July.
 3. Agreement with Muze,  Inc. $3500 per month beginning March 15, 1999 one year
 term.




<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit "F"
                Proprietary Information and Intellectual Property

 1)  Web sites (active and inactive)
     a. gigweb.com
     b. newsletterz.com
     c. ubrandit.com
     d. junglejeff.com
     e. bmvs.com
     f. bookmusicvideostore.com
     g. irpackage.com

 All HTML files,  .GIF and .JPG images,  and any  CGI/PERL/ASP  scripts or other
 executable code modules  necessary to implement the functionality of the sites.
 Along with servers housing these web sites and files.

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit "G"
                    List of GIG Bank Accounts and Signatures


 Account Name                              Account #               Signers
 ------------                              ---------               -------
 Financial Newsletters                    23514-07583          Mark Cullivan
                                                               Jeff Phillips
 The Book, Music, Video Store             23518-07581          Mark Cullivan
                                                               Jeff Phillips
 Global Investors Guide Checking          23517-06624          Mike Fagan
                                                               Jeff Phillips




<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit "H"
                        Financial Statements of UBRANDIT




<PAGE>

                           MOUNT MERLOT ESTATES, INC.

                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1998




<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                     Page Number
                                                                     -----------

    ACCOUNTANT'S REPORT........................................................1
    FINANCIAL STATEMENT:
            Balance Sheet......................................................2
            Statement of Operations and Deficit
            Accumulated During the Development Stage...........................3
            Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity.......................4
            Statement of Cash Flows............................................5
            Notes to the Financial Statements..................................6




<PAGE>

 DAVID E. COFFEY                       3651 Lindell Rd. - Suite H Las Vegas. NV
                                                          89103

 CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT           (702) 871-3979


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Mount Merlot Estates, Inc.
Las Vegas, Nevada

                I have audited the  accompanying  balance  sheet or Mount Merlot
 Estates,  Inc. (a  development  stage  company) as of December 31, 1998 and the
 related statements of operations, cash flow and changes in Stockholders' equity
 for the period from December 19, 1997 (date of inception) to December 31. 1998.
 These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of Mount.  Meriot Estates,
 Inc.'s  manaqement.  My  responsibility  is to  express  an  opinion  on  these
 financial statements based on my audit.

                I conducted  my audit in  accordance  with  qenerallyy  accepted
 auditing  Standards.  Those standards require that I plan and perform the audit
 to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial Statements care free
 of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes  examining,  on a test  basis,
 evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An
 audit also includes  assessing the accounting  principles  used and significant
 estimates  made by  management,  as wel1 as  evaluating  the overall  financial
 statement  presentation.  I believe that my audit of the  financial  statements
 provide a reasonable basis for my opinion.

                In my opinion,  the accompanying  financial  statements  present
 fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  lfinancial  position of Mount Merlot
 Estates, Inc. as of December 31, 1998 and the results of operations, cash flows
 arid changes in stockholders' equity for the year then ended in conformity with
 generally accepted accounting principles. David Coffey C.P.A. February 3, 1999

               /s/David Coffey
               ---------------
               David Coffey C.P.A.
               February 3, 1999


                                      -1-

<PAGE>


                           MOUNT MERLOT ESTATES INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                                  BALANCE SHEET
                                DECEMBER 31, 1998

              ASSETS
              Cash                                                     $ 44,187
              Organizational costs less accumulated
                     amortization of SAO                                    320
                                                                       --------
                     Total Assets                                      $ 44,507
                                                                       ========

              LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

              Accounts payable                                         $    400
                                                                       --------
                     Total Liabilities                                      400

              Stockholders' Equity
                     Common stock, authorized 25.000,000 shares
                     at S.001 par value, issued and outstanding
                     5,040.000 shares                                     5,040
                     Paid-in capital                                     39,160
                     Deficit accumulated during
                         the development stage                              (93)
                                                                       --------

                     Total Stockholders' Equity                          44,107

                     Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity        $ 44,507
                                                                       ========


                 The accompanying notes are an inteqral part of
                           these financial statements.


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

                           MOUNT MERLOT ESTATES, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                       STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND DEFICIT
                    ACCUMULATED DURING THE DEVELOPMENT STAGE
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED December 31. 1998
                    (With Cumulative Figures From Inception)


                                                                   Inception
                                              Year ended         Dec. 19, 1997
                                             Dec. 31, 1998          To Date
                                             -------------       -------------
             Sales                             $     0                $   0

             Expenses
                    Amortization                    80                   80
                    office expenses                 13                   13
                                                 -----                -----
             Total expenses                         93                   93
             Net loss                                0                $ (93)
                                                 =====                =====
             Deficit accumulated,
             beginning of year                       0
                                                 -----
             Deficit accumulated during
             the development stage              $  (93)
                                                 =====


                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                           these financial statements.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>

                           MOUNT MERLOT ESTATES, INC.
                          (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                PERIOD FROM December 19, 1991 (Date of Inception)
                              To December 31, 1998



                                                 Additional
                             Common Stock          Paid-in
                         Shares       Amount       Capital        Total
                       ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------
 Balance,
 December 19, 1997     $     --     $     --     $     --      $     --

 Issuance of common
 stock for cash            40,000           40          360           400
                       ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------

 December 31, 1997         40,000           40          360           400

 ISSUANCE Of common
 stock for cash        5,000,0000        5,000       45,000        50,000

 Less offering costs            0            0       (6,200)       (6,200)

 Less net loss                  0            0            0           (93)
                       ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------
 Balance,
 December 31, 1998     $5,040,000   $    5,040   $   39,160        44,107
                       ==========   ==========   ==========    ==========


                 The accompanying notes are an Integral part of
                           these financial statements.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>

                           MOUNT MERLOT ESTATES. INC.
                          (A DEVLOPEMENT STAGE COMPANY)
                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED December 31, 1998
                    (with Cumulative Figures From Inception)


                                                                Inception
                                              Year ended       Dec.19, 1997
                                             Dec. 31, 1998       To Date
                                                --------        --------
 CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 Net loss                                       $   (.93)       $   (.93)
 Noncash expenses included in net loss
          Amortization                                80              80
          increase in accounts payable                 0             400
                                                --------        --------

             NET CASH PROVIDED BY
             OPERATING ACTIVITIES                    (13)            387
 CASH FLOWS USED 13Y INVESTING ACTIVITIES
          organizational Costs                         0             400
                                                --------        --------

             NET CASH USED BY
             INVESTING ACTIVITIES                      0             400
 CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
            Sale of common stock                   5,000           5,040
            Paid-in capital                       45,000          45,360
            Less offering costs                   (6,200)         (6,200)
                                                --------        --------
             NET CASH PROVIDED BY
             FINANCING ACTIVITIES                 43,800          44,200
                                                --------        --------
             NET INCREASE IN CASH                 43,787        $ 44,187
                                                --------        --------
 CASH AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD                         400             400
                                                --------        --------
         CASH AT END OF PERIOD                  $ 44,187        $ 44,187
                                                ========        ========


                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                           these financial statements.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>

                    MOUNT MERLOT ESTATES, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT
                      STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO The FINANCIAL
                          STATEMENTS December 31. 1998

NOTE A SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

       The Company was  incorporated  on December 19, 1997 under the laws of the
       State of Nevada.  The business purpose of the Company is to engage in the
       development.  of a Merlot  viliculture  operation  in Santa Ynez  County.
       California.  The Company will adopt  accounting  policies and  procedures
       based upon the nature of future transactions.

NOTE B ORGANIZATION COSTS

       Organization costs are capitalized and amortized over 60 months

NOTE C STOCK OFFERING

       On February 20, 1998, the Company prepared a stock offering for 5,000.000
       shares of common stock $.01 per share.  pursuant to Regulation 504 of the
       Securities  Act of  1993,  as  Amended,  the  "Act") . The  Company  sold
       5,000,000  shares of common  stock at. S.01 and  received net proceeds of
       $50.000.

NOTE D SUBSEQUENT EVENTS - STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

       On January 4, 1999,  the Board of directors  adopted the Stock Option and
       Incentive  Plan".  The aggregate  number of shares which may he issued as
       awards under the plan is 2,500,000  shares.  As of February 3, 1999,  the
       non  statutory  stock  options to  purchase  1,275,000  shares  have been
       granted to key employees and directors for the exercise price of $.50 per
       share. The options expire January 25, 2004.


                                       -6-





         FILED
   IN THE OFFICE OFTHE
SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE
     STATE OF NEVADA
      FEB 22, 1999

 NO.C28591-97
 ------------
 /s/Dean Heller
- ---------------
DEAN HELLER, SECRETARY OF STATE



                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                          OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                               VIRTUAL BRAND, INC.

              JEFFREY  PHILLIPS and GREGORY  GIBSON  certify  that:
              1. They are  President  and  Secretary,  respectively  of  Virtual
              Brand,  Inc., a Nevada  corporation  incorporated  on December 19,
              1997.

              2.  Article  First  of  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  this
              corporation is amended to read as follows

              ARTICLE FIRST.

              FIRST. The name shall be: UBrandit.com

              3. The foregoing  Amendment of Articles of Incorporation  has been
              duly approved by the Board of Directors,

              4. The corporation is a corporation that has issued stock.

              5. The foregoing  Amendment of Articles of Incorporation  has been
              duly approved by the required vote of  shareholders  in accordance
              with Section 78.320 and 78.390 of the Nevada Revised Statutes.  In
              excess of 50% of the outstanding  shares of the corporation  voted
              in  favor of the  Amendment  that  equaled  or  exceeded  the vote
              required.

              We further  declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the
              Stateof Nevada the matters set forth in this  certificate are true
              and correct of our own knowledge.


              Date: February 18, 1999

              /s/Jeffery Phillips                 /s/Gregory Gibson
              ----------------------------        -------------------------
              JEFFERY PHILLIPS , President        GREGORY GIBSON, Secretary


State of California
County of San Diego
This instrument was acknowledged befor me on
February 13, 1997 by
Jeff Phillips
as President                                             Jamie L. Phillips
of UBrandit.com                                         Commission #1189374
/s/Jamie L. Phillips                               Monterey Pacific, California
- --------------------                                     San Diego, County
Jamie L. Phillips                                 My Comm. expires July 9, 2002



<PAGE>

                               SECRETARY OF STATE
                                [Seal of Nevada]
                                STATE OF NEVADA



                               CORPORATE CHARTER

 1, DEAN HELLER,  the duly elected and qualified  Nevada  Secretary of State, do
 hereby certify that MOUNT MERLOT ESTATES, INC. did on December 19, 1997 file in
 this office the original Articles of Incorporation;  that said Articles are now
 on file and of record in the office of the  Secretary  of State of the State of
 Nevada, and further,  that said Articles contain all the provisions required by
 the law of said State of Nevada.


                                    IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have hereunto set my
                                    hand and affixed the Great Seal of State, at
                                    my  office,  in  Carson  City,   Nevada,  on
                                    December 22, 1997.

                                    /s/Dean Heller
                                    ------------------
                                    Dean Heller
                                    Secretary of State

                                    By: Kelly R. Davenport
                                    ----------------------
                                    Kelly R. Davenport
                                    Certification Clerk

THE GREAT SEAL OF THE STATE OF NEVADA [Raised Seal]


<PAGE>
                CERTIFICATION AMENDING ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                           MOUNT MERLOT ESTATES, INC.

     The  undersigned,  being  President and Secretary of MOUNT MERLOT  ESTATES,
INC. a Nevada corporation,  hereby Certify that by majority vote of the Board of
Directors and majority of the shareholders at a meeting held on January 5, 1999,
it was agreed by  unanimous  vote than the  CERTIFICATION  AMENDING  ARTICLES OF
INCORPORATION be filed..

     The undersigned further certify that the Original Articles of Incorporation
of MOUNT  MERLOT  ESTATES,  INC.  were filed with the  Secretary of the State of
Nevada on the 19th. Day of December 1997. The  undersigned  further certify that
Articles First of the Original  Articles of incorporation  filed on December 19,
1997, herein is amended to read as follows:

                                 ARTICLE FIRST

FIRST    The name shall be:

                              VIRTUAL BRAND, INC.

     The  undersigned  hereby  certify that they have on this 6th day of January
1999., executed this Certificate Amending the Original Articles of Incorporation
hereto for filing with the Secretary of the State of Nevada.

                                                   /s/ Patricia Wiate
                                                   ------------------
                                                       Patricia Wiate

State of California)
County of San Diego)ss

On this 6th day of January, 1999, before me the undersigned,  a Notary Public in
and for the  County  of San  Diego,  State of  California.  Personally  appeared
Patricia Wiate, known to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing
Certificate  Amending Articles of Incorporation and acknowledged to me that they
executed the same.


/s/ Ranji Patel
- -----------------
Notary Public



<PAGE>

            FILED
     In THE OFFICE OF THE
  SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE
       STATE OF NEVADA

         DEC 19, 1997
        No. C28591-97
       ---------------
       /s/Dean Heller
       --------------
 Dean Heller, Secretary of State


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                            -------------------------
                                       OF
                                       --
                           MOUNT MERLOT ESTATES, INC.
                           --------------------------

        KNOW ALL MEN BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that we the  undersigned,  do  hereby
   associate  into a  corporation  under and pursuant to the  provisions  and by
   virtue of the laws of the State of Nevada, as provided in the Corporation Act
   of 1925,  and all acts  amendatory  and  supplemental  thereto,  and for that
   purpose do hereby  make,  subscribe,  acknowledge,  certify  and set forth as
   follows:

       FIRST: That the name of the corporation shall be:

                           MOUNT MERLOT ESTATES, INC.

       SECOND:  The  corporation  may maintain  offices,  agencies and places of
 business  in any state in the United  States and in foreign  countries  without
 restriction as to place;  and the corporation  may keep such books,  papers and
 records of the  corporation  as are not  required  by law to be kept within the
 State of Nevada,  and as the  Directors may find  convenient,  in such offices,
 agencies and places of business.

       THIRD:  The nature of the business to be  transacted  and the objects and
 purposes to be promoted and carried on by the corporation shall be as follows:

            a) The provisions in the clauses contained in this Article are to be
            construed  both as  purposes  and  powers  and  shall,  except  when
            otherwise  expressed  in  this  Article  be in no  wise  limited  or
            restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any clause
            of this, or of any other Article of these Articles,  but each of the
            purposes and powers specified in this Article shall




<PAGE>

            be   regarded  as   independent   purposes   and  powers;   and  the
            specification  herein contained of particular powers is not intended
            to be,  and shall not be held to be, in  limitation  of the  general
            powers herein  contained,  or in limitation of the powers granted to
            corporations  under the laws of the State of Nevada, but is intended
            to be, and shall be held to be, in furtherance thereof.

            b) To perform  services of every kind and nature  authorized  by law
            for any person,  firm,  association or  corporation.  To enter into,
            make,  perform and carry out  contracts of every kind and  character
            with any person, firm, association or corporation.

            c)  To  engage  in  and  conduct  every  type  of  building   and/or
            contracting  and/or  mining work in the State of Nevada and in every
            state and  territory  of the United  States,  and/or in any  foreign
            country, including, but not limited to the construction of all types
            of buildings, highways, mining developments, irrigation works, naval
            and military  installations,  docks, piers,  airports,  ranching and
            farming  projects,  and also to engage in every  type and  manner of
            activity incidental thereto; and in connection with or independently
            of the above,  to own, lease and rent and/or in any manner deal with
            and trade in every  type and  manner of motor  vehicles,  machinery,
            equipment,  merchandise  and  supplies,  and to manage,  operate and
            conduct  every  type and  manner of  business  in which  such may be
            employed;  to enter  into  every  kind and  manner of  contract  and
            agreement  concerning  such  work;  to give  and  post  bond for the
            faithful performance thereof; and without limitation,  except as may
            be  imposed  by law,  to do every  act and  thing  necessary  and/or
            required in the carrying on,  operating and  conducting of a general
            contracting  business; to engage in the transportation of passengers
            and commodities both




<PAGE>

            intrastate and  interstate,  and within the State of Nevada,  and in
            any other state - and  territory in the United  States and/or in any
            foreign country;  to build, rent, lease, buy, sell, own, operate and
            manage machine shops, foundries,  garages, service stations, depots,
            hotels,  restaurants,  taxi cabs, stages, bus lines,  freight lines,
            passenger and transportation  lines,  railroads and steamships,  and
            airlines.

            d) To  manufacture,  purchase,  sell and deal in,  export and import
            personal  property of all kinds other than and in addition to goods,
            wares and merchandise  hereinbefore set forth and described,  and to
            pledge, hypothecate, or to otherwise encumber the same in any manner
            whatsoever, or to borrow thereon, in such ways and to such extent as
            may be prescribed or required by the laws of any state of the United
            States or any other country.

            e) To  mortgage,  pledge,  hypothecate  and  trade in all  manner of
            goods,  wares,  merchandise,  commodities  and  products,  including
            machinery and mechanical appliances of every description.

            f) To  acquire  by  purchase,  lease or  otherwise,  the good  will,
            business.,  property,  assets, franchises and rights, in whole or in
            part of any person, firm, association or corporation;  and to assume
            all or any of the  liabilities  thereof  and to pay for the  same in
            cash,  with the  stock of this  corporation  or its  debentures,  or
            bonds, or otherwise, and to hold, maintain,  operate and conduct, as
            well as in any  manner to  dispose  of, the whole or any part of the
            property so acquired, but always in accordance with, and subject to,
            the laws of the State of Nevada.

            g) To  borrow  money  and  contract  debts  when  necessary  for the
            transaction of the business of the corporation,  for the exercise of
            its corporate rights, privileges or franchises, or for any




<PAGE>

            other purpose of its incorporation;  also to issue bonds, promissory
            notes, bills of exchange,  debentures and other obligations and also
            evidences of  indebtedness,  payable at specified time or times,  or
            payable upon the happening of a specified event or events,  and when
            necessary to secure the same by mortgage,  pledge or otherwise,  for
            money borrowed or goods  purchased or for payment of property bought
            or acquired or for any other lawful obligation;  also to issue, sell
            and  dispose  of   certificates   of  investment  or   participation
            certificates,  upon such terms and under such  conditions  as are or
            may be  prescribed  by the laws of the  State of  Nevada,  or by the
            by-laws of the corporation.

            h)  To  loan  the  funds  of  the  corporation  upon  notes,  bonds,
            mortgages,  deeds  of  trust,  debentures  or other  securities,  or
            property, real, personal or mixed, or otherwise.

            i) To  receive,  collect  and  dispose of  principal  and  interest,
            dividends,  income,  increment  and profits  upon or from all or any
            notes,  stocks,  bonds,  deeds  of  trust,  debentures,  securities,
            obligations  and other  property  held,  owned or  possessed  by the
            corporation,  or any other person,  firm or corporation as escrow or
            trustee  or for  the  use  and  benefit  of the  corporation  and to
            exercise in respect of all such stocks, bonds,  mortgages,  deeds of
            trust,  notes,  debentures,  obligations,  securities  and all other
            property  and any and all bonds,  any and all  rights of  individual
            ownership thereof.

            J) To purchase, acquire and to hold, use, operate,  introduce, sell,
            assign or otherwise  dispose of, hire, let or license,  any patents,
            patent  rights,  licenses,   trademarks,  trade  names,  privileges,
            formulas, secret processes, and any and all inventions, improvements
            and processes used in connection with or




<PAGE>

            secured  under  letters  patent and  grants of the United  States of
            America  or any other  country or  government,  and which may appear
            likely to be advantageous or useful to the corporation,  and to use,
            exercise,  develop,  and grant licenses in respect of and to turn to
            account,  manufacture,  build  and  construct  under  such  patents,
            licenses,  processes and the like,  inventions and improvements with
            the view of working and  developing  the same and  effectuating  the
            foregoing objects or any part thereof.

            k) To act as  agent,  attorney  in fact,  trustee,  or in any  other
            representative capacity for other persons, firms or corporations.

            l) To guarantee,  purchase, hold, sell, transfer,  assign, mortgage,
            pledge or otherwise  dispose of the shares of the capital stock,  or
            of any bonds,  securities or evidences of  indebtedness,  created by
            any other  corporation or corporations of the State of Nevada, or of
            any other  state or  government,  and while  owner of such stocks to
            exercise all rights,  powers and privileges of ownership,  including
            the right to vote thereon.

            m) To purchase,  hold, sell, transfer and re-issue shares of its own
            stock,  but always in accordance with, and as permitted by, the laws
            of the State of Nevada, and the by-laws of the corporation.

            n) To enter into, make and perform  contracts of every kind with any
            person,  firm,  association  or  corporation,   public,  private  or
            municipal;  or  anybody  politic,  and  with  any  state of with the
            government of the United States or any dependency  thereof,  as well
            as any  foreign  government;  and in general to carry on and conduct
            and engage in any business in connection with the foregoing,




<PAGE>

            either as  manufacturer,  dealer,  principal,  agent,  or  otherwise
            permitted to corporations organized under the laws of Nevada.

            o) To  establish,  maintain,  operate,  conduct  and carry on in the
            State  of  Nevada  and  in  any  or  all  of  the  several   states,
            territories,  possessions and dependencies of the United States, the
            District of Columbia,  and in any foreign  country,  its business or
            any part or parts  thereof,  and as many other  businesses,  stores,
            plants, factories,  mills, warehouses,  offices, and agencies as may
            be  necessary  or  deemed  expedient  for  the  corporation  and its
            business,  as well as for the extension,  expansion and exploitation
            of the affairs, operation and benefit of the corporation.

            p) To elect not to be taxed as a corporation,  but as a Subchapter S
            Corporation under the United States Internal Revenue Code.

            q) And  generally  to do all  and  everything  necessary,  suitable,
            convenient or proper for the  accomplishment  of any of the purposes
            or the attainment of any of the objects or the furtherance of any of
            the powers  hereinbefore  set forth,  either alone or in association
            with other  corporations,  firms,  or  individuals,  and to do every
            other act or thing incidental or pertaining to or growing out of the
            aforesaid purposes or powers,  and/or any of them, provided the same
            be not inconsistent  with the laws of the State of Nevada;  and also
            to exercise any and all of the powers conferred upon corporations by
            the laws of the  State of  Nevada  which  now  exist or which may be
            hereafter  conferred upon or granted to  corporations by the laws of
            the said State of Nevada.

            r) In furtherance  and not in limitation of the powers  conferred by
            the laws of the State of Nevada, the Board of Directors is




<PAGE>

            expressly  authorized from time to time to determine  whether and to
            what  extent and at what times and places and under what  conditions
            and regulations the books and accounts of this  corporation,  or any
            of them other than the stock ledger,  shall be open to inspection of
            the stockholders, and no stockholder shall have the right to inspect
            any  account  or book or  document  of the  corporation,  except  as
            conferred by law or  authorized by Resolution of the Directors or of
            the Stockholders.

       FOURTH:  This  corporation  is  authorized to issue  Twenty-Five  Million
 (25,000,000)  common shares of stock at one tenth of one cent ($.001) par value
 rights and privileges to be set by the Board of Directors and no other class of
 stock shall be  authorized.  All or part of the shares of the capital stock may
 be issued by the corporation  from time to time and for such  consideration  as
 may be determined upon and fixed by the Board of Directors as provided by law.

       FIFTH:  The initial  members of the  Governing  Board  -shall be known as
 Directors and the number thereof shall be One. A different  number of Directors
 may be fixed by the  By-laws.  provided,  that the number may be  increased  or
 decreased  within the limit above  specified  from time to time pursuant to the
 By-laws.

       The names of the First Board,  consisting of one (1) Directors,  shall be
 as follows:

      NAMES:                Delbert Marshall
      --------
      ADDRESS:              1000 Saliman Drive #A104 Carson City, Nevada 89701
      --------

       SIXTH: The capital stock, after the value thereof has been paid in, shall
 be subject to no further assessment to pay debts of the corporation.

       SEVENTH:  The  name  of  the  incorporators  signing  these  Articles  of
 Incorporation is as follows:

      NAMES:                Delbert  Marshall
      --------
      ADDRESS:              1000 Saiman Drive #A104 Carson City, Nevada 89701
      --------




<PAGE>

       EIGHTH: This corporation is to have perpetual existence.

       NINTH: In furtherance,  and not in limitation of the powers  conferred by
 statute, the

 Board of Directors is expressly authorized:

            Subject to the  By-laws,  if any,  adopted by the  stockholders,  to
            make, alter or amend the By-laws of the corporation;

            To fix the amount to be reserved as working  capital  over and above
            its  capital  stock paid in; to  authorize  and cause to be executed
            mortgages  and liens  upon the real and  personal  property  of this
            corporation;

            From time to time, to determine whether,  and to what extent, and at
            what times and places,  and under what  conditions and  regulations,
            the accounts and books of this corporation  (other than the original
            or  duplicate  stock  ledger),  or any of  them,  shall  be  open to
            inspection of stockholders,  and no stockholder shall have any right
            of  inspecting  any  account,  book or document of this  corporation
            except as conferred by statute, unless authorized by a Resolution of
            the stockholders or directors; By Resolution, or Resolutions, passed
            by a  majority  of  the  whole  board,  to  designate  one  or  more
            committees,  each  committee  to  consist  of  two  or  more  of the
            directors of the corporation,  which, to the extent provided in said
            Resolution,  or Resolutions,  or in the By-laws of the  corporation,
            shall have, and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in
            the management of the business affairs of the  corporation,  and may
            have power to authorize the sea[ of the corporation to be affixed to
            all papers which may require it. Such committee, or committees,




<PAGE>

            shall have such name,  or names,  as may be stated in the By-laws of
            the  corporation,  or as may be determined by resolution  adopted by
            the Board of  Directors;  Pursuant  to the  affirmative  vote of the
            stockholders,  of at  least  a  majority  of the  stock  issued  and
            outstanding,  having voting power, given at a stockholders'  meeting
            duly  called for that  purpose,  or when  authorized  by the written
            consent of the  holders of at least a majority  of the voting  stock
            issued and outstanding,  the Board of Directors shall have power and
            authority,  at any  meeting,  to sell,  lease or exchange all of the
            property and assets of this corporation, including its good will and
            its  corporate  -franchises,  upon such terms and  conditions as its
            Board of Directors  deem expedient and for the best interests of the
            corporation.

      This corporation  may, in its By-laws, confer powers upon its Directors in
 addition  to the  foregoing,  and in  addition  to the powers  and  authorities
 expressly conferred upon them by statute.

       TENTH:  Both  Stockholders and Directors shall have power, if the By-laws
 so provide,  to hold their meetings,  and to have one or more offices within or
 without the State of Nevada, and to keep the books of this corporation (subject
 to the requirements of the statutes) outside the State of Nevada at such places
 as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.

       ELEVENTH:  This corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
 repeal any  provision  contained  in these  Articles of  Incorporation,  in the
 manner  now  or  hereafter  prescribed  by  statute  or by  these  Articles  of
 Incorporation,  and all rights conferred upon  stockholders  herein are granted
 subject to this reservation.

       TWELFTH:  Bruce  Thompson  whose  address is 128  Fortune  Drive  Dayton,
 Nevada 89403 will be the Resident Agent of the corporation.




<PAGE>

       1. Bruce  Thompson,  hereby accept  appointment as Resident Agent for the
above named corporation.

       Dated this 16th day of December, 1997. /s/ Bruce Thompson
                                              ----------------------

       We, THE UNDERSIGNED,  being the original incorporators hereinbefore named
       for the purpose of forming a  corporation  to do business both within and
       without the State of Nevada,  and in pursuance of the Corporation Laws of
       the State of Nevada,  being Chapter 177 of the Laws of 1925, and the acts
       amendatory  thereof  and  supplemental  thereto,  do make and  file  this
       Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that the facts herein stated
       are true.

       /s/Delbert Marshall
       -------------------
       Delbert Marshall
       State of Nevada    )
       Carson City        )

       On this 16th day of December, 1997, in Carson City, Nevada, before me the
       undersigned,  a Notary  Public in and for  Carson  City,  State of Nevada
       personally appeared:

          Delbert Marshall

   Known  to me to be the  person  whose  name is  subscribed  to the  foregoing
   document and acknowledged to me that he executed the same.

                                                     /s/Beverly Thompson
                                                     -------------------
                                                     Beverly Thompson
                                                        Notary Public
             (Seal)
         BEVERLY THOMPSON
       NOTARY PUBLIC - NEVADA
            CARSON CITY
    My Appt. Exp. March 1, 1998




                                   BY-LAWS OF

                           MOUNT MERLOT ESTATES, INC.

                                    ARTICLE I

                                  SHAREHOLDERS

      Section 1.01 Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of the shareholders shall
 be held at such date and time as shall be  designated by the board of directors
 and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a  duly-executedwaiver  of notice
 thereof.  If the corporation shall fail to provide notice of the annual meeting
 of the  shareholders as set forth above, the annual meeting of the shareholders
 of the  corporation  shall be held  during the month of November or December of
 each year as determined by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing,
 directors  of the  corporation  to serve  during the  ensuing  year and for the
 transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting.  If
 the election of the directors is not held on the day designated  herein for any
 annual  meeting,  of the  shareholders,  or at  any  adjournment  thereof,  the
 president  shall  cause the  election  to be held at a special  meeting  of the
 shareholders as soon thereafter as is convenient.

      Section 1.02 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders may be
 called by the  president or the Board of  Directors  and shall be called by the
 president  at the  written  request of the holders of not less than 51 % of the
 issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation.

      All  business  lawfully  to be  transacted  by  the  shareholders  may  be
 transacted  at any special  meeting at any  adjournment  thereof.  However,  no
 business shall be acted upon at a special  meeting,  except that referred to in
 the notice calling the meeting,  unless all of the outstanding capital stock of
 the corporation is represented  either in person or by proxy.  Where all of the
 capital stock is  represented,  any lawful  business may be transacted  and the
 meeting shall be valid for all purposes.

      Section 1.03 Place of Meetings.  Any meeting,  of the  shareholders of the
 corporation may be held at its principal  office in the State of Nevada or such
 other  place in or out of the  United  States  as the  Board of  Directors  may
 designate.  A waiver of notice signed by the shareholders  entitled to vote may
 designate any place for the holding of such meeting.

      Section 1.04 Notice of Meetings.

               (a) The secretary  shall sign and deliver to all  shareholders of
      record  written or printed  notice of any  meeting at least ten (10) days,
      but not more than sixty (60) days, before the date of such meeting;  which
      notice  shall  state the place,  date and time of the  meeting the general
      nature of the business to be  transacted,  and, in the case of any meeting
      at which directors are to be elected, the names of nominees, if any, to be
      presented for election.


                                     Page 1

<PAGE>

     (b) In the case of any meeting,  any proper  business may be presented  for
 action,  except  that the  following  items  shall be valid only if the general
 nature of the proposal is stated in the notice or written waiver of notice:

              (1) Action with respect to any contract or transaction between the
     corporation and one or more of its directors or another firm,  association,
     or  corporation  in  which  one or more  of its  directors  has a  material
     financial interest;

              (2) Adoption of amendments to the Articles of Incorporation, or

              (3) Action   with   respect   to   the   merger,    consolidation,
 reorganization,   partial  or  complete  liquidation,  or  dissolution  of  the
 corporation.

      (c)     The notice shall be personally  delivered or mailed by first class
 mail to each  shareholder of record at the last known address  thereof.  as the
 same  appears on the books of the  corporation,  and the giving of such  notice
 shall be deemed  delivered  the date the same is deposited in the United States
 mail,  postage prepaid.  If the address of any shareholder does not appear upon
 the books of the  corporation,  it will be  sufficient to address any notice to
 such shareholder at the principal office of the corporation.

      (d)     The written  certificate of the person  calling any meeting,  duly
 sworn, setting forth the substance of the notice, the time and place the notice
 was  mailed  or  personally  delivered  to the  several  shareholders,  and the
 addresses to which the notice was mailed shall be prima,  facie evidence of the
 manner and fact of giving such notice.

      Section  1.05  Waiver  of  Notice.  If  all  of  the  shareholders  of the
 corporation shall waive notice of a meeting, no notice shall be required,  and,
 whenever all of the shareholders shall meet in person or by proxy, such meeting
 shall be valid for all purposes without call or notice, and at such meeting any
 corporate action may be taken.

      Section 1.06 Determination of Shareholders of Record.

      (a) The Board of  Directors  may at any time fix a future date as a record
 date for the  determination  of the  shareholders  entitled  to  notice  of any
 meeting or to vote or  entitled  to receive  payment of any  dividend  or other
 distribution  or  allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights in
 respect of any other lawful action.  The record date so fixed shall not be more
 than sixty (60) days prior to the date of such meeting nor more than sixty (60)
 days  prior  to any  other  action.  When  a  record  date  is so  fixed,  only
 shareholders  of record on that date are  entitled  to notice of and to vote at
 the meeting or to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or
 to exercise their rights, as the case may be,  notwithstanding  any transfer of
 any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date.


                                     Page 2

<PAGE>

      (b) If no  record  date is fixed by the Board of  Directors,  then (1) the
 record date for determining  shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote.at a
 meeting of  shareholders  shall be at the close of business on the business day
 next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the
 close of  business  on the day next  preceding  the day on which the meeting is
 held; (2) the record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent
 to corporate  action in writing without a meeting,  when no prior action by the
 Board of Directors is necessary,  shall be the day on which written  consent is
 given;  and (3) the  record  date for  determining  shareholders  for any other
 purpose  shall be at the  close of  business  on the day on which  the Board of
 Directors adopts the resolution  relating  thereto,  or the sixtieth (60th) day
 prior to the date of such other action, whichever is later.

  Section 1.07 Quorum: Adjourned Meetings.

      (a) At any  meeting  of the  shareholders,  a  majority  of the issued and
 outstanding shares of the corporation  represented in person or by proxy, shall
 constitute a quorum.

      (b) If less than a  majority  of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares are
 represented,  a majority of shares so represented may adjourn from time to time
 at the meeting,  until holders of the amount of stock  required to constitute a
 quorum shall be in attendance.  At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum
 shall  be  present  any  business  may be  transacted  which  might  have  been
 transacted as originally called.  When a shareholders'  meeting is adjourned to
 another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the
 time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is
 taken,  unless the  adjournment  is for more than ten (10) days in which  event
 notice thereof shall be given.

      Section 1.08 Voting
      (a) Each shareholder of record,  such  shareholder's duly authorized proxy
  or  attomey-in-fact  shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of stock
  standing registered in such shareholder's name on the books of the corporation
  on the record date.

      (b) Except as otherwise  provided herein, all votes with respect to shares
  standing.  in the name of an individual on the record date  (included  pledged
  shares)  shall  be cast  only  by that  individual  or such  individuars  duly
  authorized  proxy  or  attorney-in-fact.  With  respect  to  shares  held by a
  representative of the estate of a deceased shareholder, guardian, conservator,
  custodian or trustee, votes may be cast by such holder upon proof of capacity,
  even though the shares do not stand in the name of such holder. In the case of
  shares under the control of a receiver, the receiver may cast votes carried by
  such shares  even  though the shares do not stand in the name of the  receiver
  provided that the order of the court of competent  jurisdiction which appoints
  the receiver  contains the authority to cast votes carried by such shares.  If
  shares  stand  in  the  name  of a  minor,  votes  may  be  cast  only  by the
  duly appointed  guardian of the  estate of such  n-dnor if such  guardian  has
  provided the corporation with written notice and proof of such appointment.


                                     Page 3

<PAGE>

    (c)  With  respect to shares  standing in the name of a  corporation  on the
 record date, votes may be cast by such officer or agents as the by-laws of such
 corporation prescribe or, in the absence of an applicable by-law pro-vision, by
 such person as may be appointed by resolution of the Board of Directors of such
 corporation.  In the  event  no  person  is so  appointed.  such  votes  of the
 corporation  may be  cast by any  person  (including  the  officer  making  the
 authorization)  authorized  to do so by the Chairman of the Board of Directors,
 President or any Vice President of such corporation.

    (d)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, no votes may
 be cast by shares owned by this  corporation  or its  subsidiaries,  if any. If
 shares are held by this corporation or its subsidiaries, if any, in a fiduciary
 capacity,  no votes shall be cast with respect  thereto on any matter except to
 the extent that the beneficial  owner thereof  possesses and exercises either a
 right to vote or to give the corporation holding the same binding  instructions
 on how to vote.

    (e)  With  respect to shares  standing  in the name of two or more  persons.
 whether  fiduciaries,  members  of a  partnership,  joint  tenants,  tenants in
 common, husband and wife as community property, tenants by the entirety, voting
 trustees,  persons  entitled to vote under a  shareholder  voting  agreement or
 otherwise  and shares held by two or more  persons  (including  proxy  holders)
 having the same fiduciary relationship respect in the same shares, votes may be
 cast in the following manner:

               (1)      If only one such person votes,  the votes of such person
                        binds all.

               (2)      If more  than one  person  casts  votes,  the act of the
                        majority so voting binds all.

               (3)      If more than one  person  casts  votes,  but the vote is
                        evenly split on a particular  matter, the votes shall be
                        deemed cast proportionately as split.

     (f) Any holder of shares  entitled to vote on any matter may cast a portion
 of the votes in favor of such matter and refrain  from  casting the  remaining,
 votes or cast the same against the proposal, except in the case of elections of
 directors.  if such  holder  entitled  to vote fails to  specify  the number of
 affirmative votes, it will be conclusively  presumed that the holder is casting
 affirmative votes with respect to all shares held.

     (g) If a quorum.  is present the affirmative  vote of holders of a majority
 of the shares  represented  at the meeting  and  entitled to vote on any matter
 shall be the act of the shareholders, unless a vote of greater number or voting
 by classes is  required  by the laws of the State of Nevada,  the  Articles  of
 Incorporation and these By-Laws.


                                     Page 4

<PAGE>

     Section 1.09 Proxies. At any meeting of shareholders,  any holder of shares
 entitled to vote may authorize  another person or persons to vote by proxy with
 respect to the shares held by an instrument in writing and subscribed to by the
 holder of such  shares  entitled  to vote.  No proxy  shall be valid  after the
 expiration of six (6) months from the date of execution thereof, unless coupled
 with an interest or unless otherwise  specified in the proxy. In no event shall
 the term of a proxy  exceed  seven  (7) years  from the date of its  execution.
 Every proxy shall  continue in full force and effect  until its  expiration  or
 revocation.  Revocation  may be effected by filing an  instrument  revoking the
 same or a  duly-executed  proxy  bearing a later date with the secretary of the
 corporation.

    Section  1.10 Order of Business.  At the annual  shareholders  meeting.  the
 regular order of business shall be as follows:

               (1)       Determination of shareholders  present and existence of
                         quorum;

               (2)       Reading and  approval  of the  minutes of the  previous
                         meeting or meetings;

               (3)       Reports  of the  Board of  Directors,   the  president,
                         treasurer  and  secretary  of the  corporation,  in the
                         order named,

               (4)       Reports of committee;

               (5)       Election of directors;

               (6)       Unfinished business;

               (7)       New business;

               (8)       Adjournment.

    Section 1. 11 Absentees Consent  to Meetings Transactions  of any meeting of
  the  shareholders  are as valid as  though  had at a meeting  duly-held  after
  regular call and notice if a quorum is present,  either in person or by proxy,
  and if,  either before or after the meeting.  each of the persons  entitled to
  vote,  not  present in person or by proxy (and  those  who,  although  present
  either  object at the  beginning  of the  meeting  to the  transaction  of any
  business  because  the  meeting  has not been  lawfully  called or convened or
  expressly  object at the meeting to the  consideration of matters not included
  in the notice  which are legally  required to be  included  therein),  signs a
  written  waiver of notice  and/or  consent to the holding of the meeting or an
  approval of the minutes  thereof All such  waivers,  consents,  and  approvals
  shall be filed with the  corporate  records  and made a part of the minutes of
  the meeting.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of
  notice of such meeting, except when the person objects at the beginning of the
  meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
  called or convened and except that  attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of


                                     Page 5

<PAGE>

 any right to object to the  consideration of matters not included in the notice
 if such objection is expressly  made at the beginning.  Neither the business to
 be  transacted  at nor  the  purpose  of any  regular  or  special  meeting  of
 shareholders  need be  specified  in any  written  waiver of notice,  except as
 otherwise provided in Section 1.04(b) of these By-Laws.

    Section 1. 12  Action Without meeting.  Any action which may be taken by the
 vote of the  shareholders  at a  meeting  may be taken  without  a  meeting  if
 consented  to by the  holders of a majority  of the shares  entitled to vote or
 such greater  proportion as may be required by the laws of the State of Nevada,
 the Articles of  Incorporation,  or these By-Laws.  Whenever action is taken by
 written consent a meeting of shareholders needs not be called or noticed.

                                   ARTICLE 11

                                    DIRECTORS

    Section  2.01 Number,   Tenure  and   Qualification.   Except  as  otherwise
 provided herein,  the Board of Directors of the corporation shall consist of at
 least one (1) but no more than nine (9)  persons,  who shall be  elected at the
 annual meeting of the shareholders of the corporation and who shall hold office
 for one (1) year or until their successors are elected and qualify.

    Section 2.02  Resignation .   Any director may resign  effective upon giving
 written notice to the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president, or the
 secretary  of the  corporation,  unless the notice  specifies  a later time for
 effectiveness  of such  resignation.  If the  Board of  Directors  accepts  the
 resignation  of a director  tendered to take effect at a future date, the Board
 or the  shareholders  may elect a successor to take office when the resignation
 becomes effective.

    Section  2.03 Reduction  in Number.  No reduction of the number of directors
 shall have the effect of removing any director  prior to the  expiration of his
 term of office.

    Section  2.04 Removal.

               (a)  The  Board  of   Directors  or  the   shareholders   of  the
               corporation, by a majority vote, may declare vacant the office of
               a director  who has been  declared  incompetent  by an order of a
               court of competent jurisdiction or convicted of a felony.

    Section  2.05 Vacancies.

               (a)  A vacancy  in the  Board  of  Directors  because  of  death,
               resignation, removal, change in number of directors, or otherwise
               may be filled  by the  shareholders  at any  regular  or  special
               meeting  or  any  adjourned  meeting  thereof  or  the  remaining
               director(s)  by the  affirmative  vote of a majority  thereof.  A
               Board of  Directors  consisting  of less than the maximum  number
               authorized in Section 2.01 of ARTICLE 11  constitutes  -vacancies
               on the Board of Directors for purposes of this  paragraph and may



                                     Page 6

<PAGE>

               be filled as set  forth  above  including  by the  election  of a
               majority of the remaining  directors.  Each  successor so elected
               shall hold office until the next annual  meeting of  shareholders
               or until a successor shall have been duly-elected and qualified.

               (b) If,  after the filling of any vacancy by the  directors,  the
               directors   then  in  office   who  have  been   elected  by  the
               shareholders  shall  constitute  less  than  a  majority  of  the
               directors  then in office,  any holder or holders of an aggregate
               of  five  percent  (5%) or more of the  total  number  of  shares
               entitled to vote may call a special meeting of shareholders to be
               held to elect the entire Board of  Directors.  The term of office
               of  any  director  shall   terminate  upon  such  election  of  a
               successor.

      Section 2.06 Regular  Meeting.  Immediately  following the adjournment of,
 and at the same place as, the annual meeting of the shareholders,  the Board of
 Directors,  including  directors  newly elected,  shall hold its annual meeting
 without notice, other than this provision, to elect officers of the corporation
 and to transact such further  business as may be necessary or appropriate.  The
 Board of  Directors  may  provide by  resolution  the place,  date and hour for
 holding additional regular meetings.

      Section 2.07 Special  Meeting.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors
 may be called by the  chairman  and shall be called by, the  chairman  upon the
 request of any two (2) directors or the president of the corporation.

      Section 2.08 Place of  Meetings.  Any  meeting of the  directors  of the
 corporation may be held at its principal  office in the State of Nevada,  or at
 such other place in or out of the United  States as the Board of Directors  may
 designate.  A waiver or notice  signed by the directors may designate any place
 for the holding of such meeting

      Section 2.09 Notice of Meetings.  Except as otherwise  provided in Section
 2.06, the chairman shall deliver to all directors  written or printed notice of
 any special  meeting,  at least three (3) days before the date of such meeting,
 by delivery of such notice  personally or mailing such notice first class mail,
 or by  telegram.  If  mailed,  the  notice  shall be deemed  delivered  two (2)
 business  days  following  the date the same is deposited in the United  States
 mail,  postage  prepaid Any director  may waive notice of any meeting,  and the
 attendance  of a director at a meeting  shall  constitute a waiver of notice of
 such meeting, unless such attendance is for the express purpose of objecting to
 the  transaction of business  threat because the meeting is not properly called
 or convened.

      Section 2.10 Quorum: Adjourned Meetings.

               (a) A  majority  of  the  Board  of  Directors  in  office  shall
               constitute a quorum.

               (b) At any  meeting of the Board of  Directors  where a quorum is
               not present,  a majority of those present may adjourn,  from time
               to  time.,  until a quorum  is  present,  and no  notice  of such
               adjournment  shall be required At any  adjourned  meeting where a
               quorum is present any business may be transacted which could have
               been transacted at the meeting originally called.


                                     Page 7

<PAGE>

      Section 2.11 Action Without  Meeting . Any action required or permitted to
 be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee  thereof may
 be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all of the
 members of the Board of Directors or of such committee Such written  consent or
 consents  shall be filed with the  minutes of the  proceedings  of the Board of
 Directors  or  committee.  Such action by written  consent  shall have the same
 force and effect as the unanimous vote of the Board of Directors or committee.

      Section 2.12  Telephonic  Meeting . Meetings of the Board of Directors may
 be held  through the use of a conference  telephone  or similar  communications
 equipment  so long as all members  participating  in such  meeting can hear one
 another  at  the  time  of  such  meeting.  Participation  in  such  a  meeting
 constitutes presence in person at such meeting.

      Section 2.13 Board  Decisions.  The affirmative  vote of a majority of the
 directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of
 the Board of Directors.

      Section 2.14 Powers and Duties.

               (a) Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation
               or the laws of the State of  Nevada,  the Board of  Directors  is
               invested with the complete and  unrestrained  authority to manage
               the affairs of the corporation, and is authorized to exercise for
               such purpose as the general agent of the corporation,  its entire
               corporate  authority  in such manner as it sees fit. The Board of
               Directors may delegate any of its authority to menace, control or
               conduct the current  business of the  corporation to any standing
               or special  committee  or to any  officer or agent and to appoint
               any  persons to by agents of the  corporation  with such  powers,
               including the power to  sub-delegate,  and upon such terms as may
               be deemed fit.

               (b) The Board of Directors  shall present to the  shareholders at
               annual  meetings  of the  shareholders,  and when called for by a
               majority  vote of the  shareholders  at a special  meeting of the
               shareholders,  a full and clear statement of the condition of the
               corporation,   and  shall,  at  request,   furnish  each  of  the
               shareholders with a true copy thereof.

               (c) 'Me Board of  Directors,  in its  discretion,  may submit any
               contract  or act  for  approval  or  ratification  at any  annual
               meeting  of the  shareholders  or any  special  meeting  properly
               called for the purpose of  considering  any such contract or act,
               provided a quorum is present.  The contract or act shall be valid
               and binding upon the  corporation  and upon all the  shareholders
               thereof,  if approved and ratified by the  affirmative  vote of a
               majority of the shareholders at such meeting.

               (d) In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers  conferred
               by the laws of the State of  Nevada,  the Board of  Directors  is
               expressly authorized and empowered to issue


                                     Page 8

<PAGE>

              stock of the Corporation for money,  property,  services rendered,
              labor   performed,   cash   advanced,   acquisitions   for   other
              corporations or for any other assets of value in accordance  Arith
              the action of the Board of  Directors  without  vote or consent of
              the  shareholders and the judgment of the Board of Directors as to
              the value received and in return therefore shall be conclusive and
              said stock when issued, shall be fully-paid and non-assessable.

      Section 2.15  Compensation  . The directors  shall be allowed and paid all
 necessary expenses incurred in attending any meetings of the Board.

      Section 2.16 Board Officers.

              (a) At its annual  meeting,  the Board of  Directors  shall elect,
              from among its  members,  a chairman to preside at the meetings of
              the Board of  Directors.  The Board of  Directors  may also elect-
              such other board  officers and for such term as it may,  from time
              to time, determine advisable.

              (b) Any vacancy in any board office because of death, resignation,
              removal or otherwise  may be filled by the Board of Directors  for
              the unexpired portion of the term of such office.

      Section 2.17 Order of Business.  The order of business at any meeting,  of
 the Board of Directors shall be as follows:

                        (1)     Determination  of members  present and existence
                                of quorum;

                        (2)     Reading-  and  approval  of the  minutes  of any
                                previous meeting or meetings;

                        (3)     Reports of officers and committeemen;

                        (4)     Election of officers;

                        (5)     Unfinished business;

                        (6)     New business;

                        (7)     Adjournment.


                                     Page 9

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    OFFICERS

      Section  3.01  Election.  The Board of  Directors.  at its  first  meeting
 following  the annual  meeting of  shareholders,  shall  elect a  president,  a
 secretary and a treasurer to hold office for one (1) year next coming and until
 their  successors  are  elected  and  qualify.  Any person may hold two or more
 offices. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, by resolution,  appoint
 one or more Nice presidents,  assistant  secretaries,  assistant treasurers and
 transfer agents of the  corporation as it may deem  advisable;  prescribe their
 duties; and fix their compensation.

      Section  3.02  Removal:  Resignation.  Any  officer  or agent  elected  or
 appointed  by the Board of  Directors  may be  removed by it  whenever,  in its
 judgment,  the best interest of the corporation  would be served  thereby.  Any
 officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the  corporation  without
 prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which
 the resigning officer is a party.

      Section  3.03  Vacancies.  Any  vacancy  in any  office  because of death,
 resignation,  removal, or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors for
 the unexpired portion of the term of such office.

      Section 3.04  President.  The president  shall be the general  manager and
 executive officer of the corporation, subject to the supervision and control of
 the Board of  Directors,  and shall direct the  corporate  affairs,  vNith full
 power to  execute  all  resolutions  and orders of the Board of  Directors  not
 especially  entrusted to some other officer of the  corporation.  The president
 shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  shareholders  and  shall  sign  the
 certificates of stock issued by the  corporation,  and shall perform such other
 duties as shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

      Unless  otherwise  ordered by the Board of Directors,  the president shall
 have full power and authority on behalf of the corporation to attend and to act
 and to vote at any meetings of the shareholders of any corporation in which the
 corporation  may hold stock and, at any such  meetings,  shall  possess and may
 exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock.
 The Board of Directors, by resolution from time to time, may confer like powers
 on any person or persons in place of the president to represent the corporation
 for these purposes.

      Section 3.05 Vice President.  The Board of Directors may elect one or more
 Vice  presidents  who shall be vested  with all the powers and  perform all the
 duties  of the  president  whenever  the  president  is absent or unable to act
 including the signing of the  certificates of stock issued by the  corporation,
 and the vice  president  shall perform such other duties as shall be prescribed
 by the Board of Directors.

      Section  3.06  Secretary.  The  secretary  shall  keep the  minutes of all
 meetings of the  shareholders  and the Board of Directors in books provided for
 that purpose. The secretary shall


                                     Page 10

<PAGE>

 attend to the giving and  service of all notices of the  corporation,  may sign
 with the president in the name of the corporation  all contracts  authorized by
 the Board of Directors or appropriate committee,  shall have the custody of the
 corporate  seal,  shall affix the corporate seal to all  certificates  of stock
 duly issued by the corporation,  shall have charge of stock certificate  books,
 transfer books and stock ledgers,  and such other books and papers as the Board
 of Directors or appropriate committee may direct, and shall, in general perform
 all duties incident to the office of the secretary. All corporate books kept by
 the secretary  shall be open for  examination by any director at any reasonable
 time.

      Section 3.07  Assistant  Secretary.  The Board of Directors may appoint an
 assistant  secretary  who shall have such powers and perform such duties as may
 be prescribed  for him by the secretary of the  corporation  or by the Board of
 Directors.

      Section 3.08 Treasurer. The treasurer shall be the chief financial officer
 of the  corporation,  subject to the  supervision  and  control of the Board of
 Directors,  and shall  have  custody  of all the funds  and  securities  of the
 corporation. When necessary or proper. the treasurer shall endorse on behalf of
 the corporation for collection checks,  notes and other obligations,  and shall
 deposit  all monies to the credit of the  corporation  in such bank or banks or
 other  depository as the Board of Directors may  designate,  and shall sign all
 receipts and vouchers for payments made by the  corporation.  Unless  otherwise
 specified  by the  Board  of  Directors,  the  treasurer  shall  sign  with the
 president all bills of exchange and promissory notes of the corporation,  shall
 also have the care and custody of the stocks,  bonds,  certificates,  vouchers,
 evidence  of  debts,  securities  and  such  other  property  belonging  to the
 corporation  as the Board of  Directors  shall  designate,  and shall  sign all
 papers  requiredby-  law, by these  By-laws or by the Board of  Directors to be
 signed by the treasurer.  The treasurer  shall enter  regularly in the books of
 the corporation, to be kept for that purpose, full and accurate accounts of all
 monies received and paid on account of the corporation and whenever required by
 the Board of Directors,  the  treasurer  shall render a statement of any or all
 accounts.  The  treasurer  shall at all  reasonable  times exhibit the books of
 account to any directors of the corporation and shall perform all acts incident
 to the position of treasurer  subject to the control of the Board of Directors.
 The treasurer shall, if required by the Board of Directors,  give a bond to the
 corporation  in such sum and with such  security  as shall be  approved  by the
 Board of  Directors  for the  faithful  performance  of all the  duties  of the
 treasurer  and  for  restoration  to  the  corporation  in  the  event  of  the
 treasurer's  death,  resignation,  retirement,  or removal from office,  of all
 books,  records,  papers,  vouchers,  money and other property belonging to the
 corporation. The expense of such bond shall be borne by the corporation.

      Section 3.09  Assistant  Treasurer.  The Board of Directors may appoint an
 assistant  treasurer  who shall have such powers and perform such duties as may
 be prescribed by the treasurer of the corporation or by the Board of Directors,
 and the Board of Directors may require the  assistant  treasurer to give a bond
 to the  corporation  in such sum and with such security as it may approve,  for
 the  faithful  performance  of the duties of assistant  treasurer,  and for the
 restoration  to the  corporation,  in the  event of the  assistant  treasurer's
 death,  resignation,  retirement or removal from office, of all books. records,
 papers,  vouchers,  money and other property belonging to the corporation.  The
 expense of such bond shall be borne by the corporation.


                                     Page 11

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  CAPITAL STOCK

     Section 4.01 Issuance.  Shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be
 issued in such  manner and at such times and upon such  conditions  as shall be
 prescribed by the Board of Directors.

     Section 4.02 Certificates.  Ownership in the corporation shall be evidenced
 11),  certificates  for shares of stock in such form as shall be  prescribed by
 the Board of Directors, shall be under the seal of the corporation and shall be
 signed by the  president or the Nice  president and also by the secretary or an
 assistant  secretary.  Each  certificate  shall  contain the name of the record
 holder, the number, designation, if any, class or series of shares represented,
 a statement of summary of any applicable rights,  preferences,  privileges,  or
 restrictions  thereon,  and a  statement  that the  shares are  assessable,  if
 applicable.  All  certificates  shall be consecutively  numbered.  The name and
 address of the shareholder,  the number of shares,  and the date of issue shall
 be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation.

      Section 4.03 Surrender:  Lost or Destroyed  Certificate . All certificates
 surrendered to the corporation,  except those  representing  shares of treasury
 stock.  shall be canceled  and no new  certificates  shall be issued  until the
 former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been canceled, except
 that in case of a lost, stolen,  destroyed or mutilated certificate,  a new one
 may be issued therefor. However, any shareholder applying for the issuance of a
 stock certificate in lieu of one alleged to have been lost,  stolen,  destroyed
 or  mutilated  shall,  prior to the  issuance  of a  replacement,  provide  the
 corporation  with his, her or its affidavit of the facts  surrounding the loss,
 theft,  destruction  or mutilation  and an indemnity bond in an amount and upon
 such terms as the treasurer,  or the Board of Directors,  shall require.  In no
 case shall the bond be in amount  less than twice the current  market  value of
 the stock and it shall indemnify the corporation against any loss, damage, cost
 or  inconvenience  arising as a  consequence  of the issuance of a  replacement
 certificate.

      Section 4.04 Replacement  Certificate.  When the Articles of Incorporation
 are amended in any way affecting,  the statements contained in the certificates
 for  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of the  corporation  or it  becomes
 desirable  for  any  reason,  including,  without  limitation,  the  merger  or
 consolidation of the corporation with another corporation or the reorganization
 of the corporation,  to cancel any outstanding certificate for shares and issue
 a new certificate therefor conforming to the rights of the holder, the Board of
 Directors  may order any  holders  of  outstanding  certificates  for shares to
 surrender and exchange the same for new  certificates  within a reasonable time
 to be fixed by the Board of  Directors.  The order may provide that a holder of
 any  certificate(s)  ordered to be  surrendered  shall not be entitled to vote,
 receive dividends or exercise any other rights of shareholders until the holder
 has complied with the order  provided that such order  operates to suspend such
 rights only after notice and until compliance.


                                     Page 12

<PAGE>

      Section  4.05  Transfer of Shares.  No transfer of stock shall be valid as
 against  the   corporation   except  on  surrender  and   cancellation  by  the
 certificate,  therefor,  accompanied  by  an  assignment  or  transfer  by  the
 registered  owner  made  either  in person or under  assignment.  Whenever  any
 transfer shall be expressly made for  collateral  security and not  absolutely,
 the  collateral  nature  of the  transfer  shall be  reflected  in the entry of
 transfer on the books of the corporation.

      Section 4.06  Transfer  Agent.  The Board of Directors  may appoint one or
 more  transfer   agents  and   registrars  of  transfer  and  may  require  all
 certificates  for shares of stock to bear the signature of such transfer  agent
 and such registrar of transfer.

      Section  4.07 Stock  Transfer  Books.  The stock  transfer  books shall be
 closed for a period of ten (10) days prior to all meetings of the  shareholders
 and shall be closed  for the  payment of  dividends  as  provided  in Article V
 hereof and during such periods as, from time to time, may be fixed by the Board
 of Directors, and, during such periods, no stock shall be transferable.

      Section 4.08  Miscellaneous.  The Board of Directors  shall have the power
 and authority to make such rules and regulations not  inconsistent  herewith as
 it may deem  expedient  concerning  the issue,  transfer  and  registration  of
 certificates for shares of the capital stock of the corporation.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    DIVIDENDS

      Section 5.01  Dividends may be declared,  subject to the provisions of the
 laws of the State of Nevada and the Articles of Incorporation,  by the Board of
 Directors at any regular or special meeting and may be paid in cash,  property,
 shares of corporate stock, or any other medium.  The Board of Directors may fix
 in advance a record date, as provided in Section 1.06 of these  By-laws,  prior
 to the dividend payment for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to
 receive  payment of any  dividend  The Board of  Directors  may close the stock
 transfer  books  for such  purpose  for a period of not more than ten (10) days
 prior to the payment date of such dividend

                                   ARTICLE VI

              OFFICES; RECORDS; REPORTS; SEAL AND FINANCIAL MATTERS

      Section 6.01 Principal Office.  The principal office of the corporation in
  the State of Nevada shall be as  designated  by the Board of Directors  and so
  filed with the State of Nevada, and the corporation may also have an office in
  any other state or territory as the Board of Directors may designate.


                                     Page 13

<PAGE>

      Section 6.02 Records. The stock transfer books and a certified copy of the
 By-laws, Articles of Incorporation,  any amendments thereto, and the minutes of
 the proceedings of the shareholders,  the Board of Directors, and committees of
 the Board of Directors shall be kept at the principal office of the corporation
 for the  inspection  of all who  have  the  right  to see the  same and for the
 transfer  of stock.  All other books of the  corporation  shall be kept at such
 places as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

      Section 6.03 Financial Report on Request . Any shareholder or shareholders
 holding at least five  percent (5%) of the  outstanding  shares of any class of
 stock may make a written request for an income statement of the corporation for
 the three (3) month,  six (6) month,  or nine (9) month  period of the  current
 fiscal  year ended more than  thirty (30) days prior to the date of the request
 and a  balance  sheet  of the  corporation  as of the  end of such  period.  In
 addition,  if no  annual  report  for the last  fiscal  year  has been  sent to
 shareholders, such shareholder or shareholders may make a request for a balance
 sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income  statement  and statement
 of changes in financial  position for such fiscal year. The statement  shall be
 delivered or mailed to the person  making the request  within  thirty (30) days
 thereafter.  A copy of the  statements  shall be kept on file in the  principal
 office of the  corporation  for twelve (12)  months,  and such copies  shall be
 exhibited at all reasonable  times to any shareholder  demanding an examination
 of them or a copy  shall be mailed to each  shareholder.  Upon  request  by any
 shareholder,  there  shall  be  mailed  to the  shareholder  a copy of the last
 annual,  semiannual or quarterly  income  statement which it has prepared and a
 balance sheet as of the end of the period. The financial statements referred to
 in this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by the report thereon, if any, of any
 independent  accountants  engaged by the  corporation or the  certificate of an
 authorized  officer of the  corporation  that such  financial  statements  were
 prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation.

      Section 6.04 Right of Inspection.

               (a) The  accounting  books and records and minutes of proceedings
               of the  shareholders and the Board of Directors and committees of
               the  Board  of  Directors  shall be open to  inspection  upon the
               written  demand of any  shareholder  or holder of a voting  trust
               certificate  at any  reasonable  time during usual business hours
               for a purpose  reasonably  related to such holder's interest as a
               shareholder  or as the holder of such voting  trust  certificate.
               This  right of  inspection  shall  extend to the  records  of the
               subsidiaries,  if any, of the corporation- Such inspection may be
               made  in  person  or by  agent  or  attorney,  and the  right  of
               inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.

               (b)  Every   director  shall  have  the  absolute  right  at  any
               reasonable  time to  inspect  and copy  all  books,  records  and
               documents of every kind and to inspect the physical properties of
               the  corporation   and/or  its  subsidiary   corporations.   Such
               inspection may be made in person or by agent or attorney, and the
               right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.


                                     Page 14

<PAGE>

      Section 6.05  Corporate  Seal.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution,
 authorize a seal, and the seal my be used by causing it, or a facsimile,  to be
 impressed  or  affixed  or  reproduced  or  otherwise.  Except  when  otherwise
 specifically  provided  herein,  any officer of the corporation  shall have the
 authority to affix the seal to any document requiring it.

      Section 6.06 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year-end of the corporation  shall be
 the calendar year or such other term as may be fixed by resolution of the Board
 of Directors.

      Section 6.07 Reserves.  The Board of Directors may create,  by resolution,
 out of the earned  surplus of the  corporation  such  reserves as the directors
 may,  from time to time,  in their  discretion,  think  proper to pro-tide  for
 contingencies,  or to equalize  dividends or to repair or maintain any property
 of the  corporation,  or for such other  purpose as the Board of Directors  may
 deem beneficial to the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any
 such reserves in the manner in which they were created.

                                   ARTICLE V11

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

      Section 7.01 Indemnification.  The corporation shall. unless prohibited by
 Nevada Law.  indemnify any person (an  "Indemnitee")  who is or was in olved in
 any  manner  (including,  without  limitation,  as a party or a  witness  or is
 threatened  to be so involved in any  threatened,  pending or completed  action
 suit or proceeding,  whether civil,  criminal,  administrative,  arbitrative or
 investigative,  including without  limitation,  any action,  suit or proceeding
 brought by or in the right of the  corporation  to procure a  judgement  in its
 favor (collectively,  a "Proceeding") by reason of the fact that he is or was a
 director,  officer, employee or agent of the corporation,  or is or was serving
 at the request of the corporation as a director,  officer, employee or agent of
 another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan
 or other entity or enterprise,  against all Expenses and  Liabilities  actually
 and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such Proceeding. The right to
 indemnification conferred in this Article shall be presumed to have been relied
 upon by the directors,  officers,  employees and agents of the  corporation and
 shall be  enforceable  as a contract  right and inure to the  benefit of heirs,
 executors and administrators of such individuals.

      Section  7.02  Indemnification   Contracts.  The  Board  of  Directors  is
  authorized on behalf of the  corporation,  to enter into,  deliver and perform
  agreements  or other  arrangements  to provide any  Indemnitee  with  specific
  rights of  indemnification in addition to the rights provided hereunder to the
  fullest extent  permitted by Nevada Law. Such agreements or  arrangements  may
  provide (i) that the Expenses of officers and directors  incurred in defending
  a  civil  or  criminal  action,  suit  or  proceeding,  must  be  paid  by the
  corporation  as they are incurred and in advance of the final  disposition  of
  any such action, suit or proceeding provided that if required by Nevada Law at
  the time of such advance,  the officer or director  provides an undertaking to
  repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined


                                     Page 15

<PAGE>

 by a court of competent jurisdiction that such individual is not entitled to be
 indemnified against such expenses,  (iii) that the Indemnitee shall be presumed
 to be entitled  to  indemnification  under this  Article or such  agreement  or
 arrangement and the corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that
 presumption,  (iii) for  procedures to be followed by the  corporation  and the
 Indemnitee in making any determination of entitlement to indemnification or for
 appeals  therefrom and (iv) for insurance or such other Financial  Arrangements
 described in Paragraph 7.02 of this Article,  all as may be deemed  appropriate
 by the  Board  of  Directors  at the time of  execution  of such  agreement  or
 arrangement.

      Section 7.03 Insurance and Financial  Arrangements.  The corporation  may,
 unless prohibited by Nevada Law, purchase and maintain  insurance or make other
 financial  arrangements  ("Financial  Arrangements") on behalf of any Indemnity
 for any liability  asserted against him and liability and expenses  incurred by
 him in his capacity as a director,  officer,  employee or agent, or arising out
 of his status as such,  whether or not the  corporation  has the  authority  to
 indemnify  him  against  such  liability  and  expenses.  Such other  Financial
 Arrangements   may  include  (i)  the  creation  of  a  trust  fund,  (ii)  the
 establishment  of a  program  of  self-insurance,  (iii)  the  securing  of the
 corporation's  obligation of indemnification by granting a security interest or
 other lien on any assets of the  corporation,  or (iv) the  establishment  of a
 letter of credit, guaranty or surety.

      Section 7.04 Definitions. For purposes of this Article: Expenses. The word
 "Expenses" shall be broadly  construed and, without  limitation,  means (i) all
 direct and indirect costs incurred,  paid or accrued, (ii) all attorneys' fees,
 retainers,  court costs,  transcripts,  fees of experts,  witness fees,  travel
 expenses,  food and  lodging,  expenses  while  traveling,  duplicating  costs,
 printing,  and binding costs,  telephone  charges,  postage,  delivery service,
 freight or other transportation fees and expenses,  (W) all other disbursements
 and  out-of-pocket  expenses,  (iv) amounts paid in  settlement,  to the extent
 permitted by Nevada Law, and (v) reasonable  compensation for time spent by the
 Indemnitee for which he is otherwise not  compensated by the corporation or any
 third party,  actually and  reasonably  incurred in connection  with either the
 appearance at or investigation,  defense,  settlement or appeal of a Proceeding
 or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification  under any agreement or
 arrangement, this Article, the Nevada Law or otherwise; provided, however, that
 "Expenses"  shall  not  include  any  judgments  or  fines or  excise  taxes or
 penalties imposed under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
 amended ("ERISA") or other excise taxes or penalties.

          Liabilities.  "Liabilities"means  liabilities of any type  whatsoever,
      including,  but not limited to, judgments or fines,  ERISA or other excise
      taxes and penalties, and amounts paid in settlement.

           Nevada  Law.  Nevada  Lau,"  means  Chapter 78 of the Nevada  Revised
      Statutes as amended and in effect  from time to time or any  successor  or
      other statutes of Nevada having, similar import and effect.

      This Article.  "This Article" means  Paragraphs 7.01 through 7.04 of these
 By-Laws or any portion of them.

      Power of  Stockholders.  Paragraphs  7.01  through  7.04.  including  this
 Paragraph of these By-Laws may be amended by the  stockholders  only by vote of
 the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds  percent (66 2/3%) of the entire number
 of shares of each class, voting separately, of the outstanding capital stock of
 the  corporation  (even  though  the  right of any  class to vote is  otherwise
 restricted  or  denied);  provided,  however,  no  amendment  or repeal of this
 Article shall adversely affect any right of any Indemnitee existing at the time
 such amendment or repeal becomes effective.


                                     Page 16

<PAGE>

      Power of  Directors.  Paragraphs  7.01 through 7.04 and this  Paragraph of
 these By-Laws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors only by vote
 of eighty  percent  80% of the total  number of  Directors  and the  holders of
 sixty-six  and  two-thirds  percent (66 2/3) of the entire  number of shares of
 each  class,  voting  separately,  of  the  outstanding  capital  stock  of the
 corporation (even though the night of any class to vote is otherwise restricted
 or denied);  provided,  however,  no amendment or repeal of this Article  shall
 adversely  affect  any  right of any  Indemnitee  existing,  at the  time  such
 amendment or repeal becomes effective.

                                  ARTICLE V111

                                     BY-LAWS

      Section 8.01  Amendment.  Amendments  and changes of these  By-Laws may be
 made at -any regular or special  meeting of the Board of Directors by a vote of
 not  less  than all of the  entire  Board,  or may be made by a vote  of,  or a
 consent  in  writing  signed by the  holders  of a  majority  of the issued and
 outstanding capital stock

      Section 8.02  Additional  by-laws .  Additional  by-laws not  inconsistent
 herewith  may be adopted by the Board of  Directors at any meeting of the Board
 of Directors at which a quorum is present by an affirmative  vote of a majority
 of the directors  present or by the unanimous consent of the Board of Directors
 in accordance with Section 2. 11 of these By-laws.

                                  CERTIFICATION

      I, the undersigned,  being the duly elected  secretary of the Corporation,
 do hereby  certify  that the  foregoing  By-laws  were  adopted by the Board of
 Directors on the 24th th day of December 1997.



                                                   /s/ Patricia Wiate
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Secretary


                                     Page 17



                               VIRTUAL BRAND, INC.











                      1999 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN




<PAGE>

                               VIRTUAL BRAND, INC.

                      1999 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN



                                                                            PAGE

I.       PURPOSE  ............................................................ 1

II.      DEFINITIONS.......................................................... 1

III.     EFFECTIVE DATE....................................................... 3

IV.      ADMINISTRATION....................................................... 3

V.       PARTICIPATION........................................................ 4

         5.1      Eligibility................................................. 4
         5.2      Ten Percent Shareholders.................................... 4
         5.3      Stock Ownership............................................. 4
         5.4      Outstanding Stock........................................... 4

VI.      STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN............................................ 5

II.      OPTIONS  ............................................................ 5
         7.1      Stock Option Agreements..................................... 5
         7.2      Number of Shares............................................ 5
         7.3      Exercise Price.............................................. 5
         7.4      Medium and Time of Payment.................................. 5
         7.5      Term and Transferability of Options......................... 5
         7.6      Modification, Extension, and Renewal of Options............. 6
         7.7      Limitation on Grant of Incentive Stock Options.............. 6
         7.8      Other Provisions............................................ 6
         7.9      Specific Awards Approved by the Shareholders................ 6

XIII.    RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES, PARTICIPANTS
         AND BENEFICIARIES.................................................... 6

         8.1      Employee Status............................................. 6
         8.2      No Employment Contract...................................... 6
         8.3      No Transferability.......................................... 6
         8.4      Plan Not Funded............................................. 7
         8.5      Adjustments upon Recapitalizations and Corporate Changes.... 7
         8.6      Termination of Employment................................... 7
         8.7      Death of Participant........................................ 8
         8.8      Disability of Participant................................... 8
         8.9      Retirement of Participant................................... 8
         8.10     Rights as a Stockholder..................................... 8
         8.11     Deferral of Payments........................................ 8
         8.12     Acceleration of Awards...................................... 8

IX.      MISCELLANEOUS........................................................ 9

         9.1      Termination, Suspension and Amendment....................... 9
         9.2      No Fractional Shares........................................ 9
         9.3      Tax Withholding............................................. 9
         9.4      Restrictions of Elections Made by Participants.............. 9
         9.5      Limitations on the Corporation's Obligations................10
         9.6      Compliance with Laws........................................10
         9.7      Governing Law...............................................10
         9.8      Securities Law Requirements.................................10
         9.9      Execution...................................................11


                                       i

<PAGE>

                               VIRTUAL BRAND, INC.

                      1999 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN


I.       PURPOSE

         The  Plan  is  intended  to  provide  incentive  to key  employees  and
directors of, and key consultants,  vendors,  customers,  and others expected to
provide  significant  services to, the  Corporation,  to  encourage  proprietary
interest in the  Corporation,  to encourage  such key employees to remain in the
employ of the  Corporation and its  Subsidiaries,  to attract new employees with
outstanding  qualifications,  and to afford additional incentive to consultants,
vendors,   customers,   and  others  to  increase  their  efforts  in  providing
significant services to the Corporation.


II.      DEFINITIONS.

         2.1  "Award" shall mean an Option, which may be designated an Incentive
Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in each case as granted pursuant to
the Plan.

         2.2  "Award Agreement" shall mean any written agreement,  contract,  or
other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

         2.3  "Beneficiary"  shall  mean the  person,  persons,  trust or trusts
entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive the benefits
specified under the Plan in the event of a Participant's death.

         2.4  "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

         2.5  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         2.6  "Committee"  shall mean the  committee,  if any,  appointed by the
Board in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan, or the Board if no Committee has
been appointed.

         2.7  "Common  Stock" shall mean the Common Stock,  $.001 par value,  of
the Corporation.

         2.8  "Corporation"  shall mean Mount  Merlot  Estates,  Inc.,  a Nevada
corporation, and its Subsidiaries.

         2.9  "Disability"  shall mean the  condition  of a  Participant  who is
unable to perform his or her  substantial  and material job duties due to injury
or sickness or such other  condition as the Board or Committee  may determine in
its sole discretion and/or engage in any substantial  gainful activity by reason
of any  medically  determinable  physical  or  mental  impairment  which  can be
expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a
continuous period of not less than 12 months.

         2.10 "Effective  Date" shall mean the date that the Plan was adopted by
the shareholders of the Company.

         2.11 "Eligible  Employee"  shall  mean an  individual  who is  employed
(within the meaning of Code Section 3401 and the regulations  thereunder) by the
Corporation.  Additionally  for  purposes of this Plan, a  Participant  who is a
director or a consultant,  vendor,  customer,  or other  provider of significant
services to the  Corporation  or a Subsidiary  shall be deemed to be an Eligible
Employee,  and service as a director,  consultant,  vendor,  customer,  or other


                                       1

<PAGE>

provider of significant  services to the  Corporation  or a Subsidiary  shall be
deemed to be employment, except that no Incentive Stock Option may be granted to
a non-employee director or non-employee  consultant,  vendor, customer, or other
provider of significant services to the Corporation or a Subsidiary.

         2.12 "Event" shall mean any of the following:

                  (a)......Any  person or entity (or group of affiliated persons
or entities) acquires in one or more  transactions,  whether before or after the
effective date of the Plan, ownership of more than 50% of the outstanding shares
of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Corporation; or

                  (b)......The  dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation or
a  reorganization,  merger or  consolidation of the Corporation with one or more
entities, as a result of which the Corporation is not the surviving entity, or a
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation as an entirety
to another entity.

         For purposes of this definition,  ownership does not include  ownership
(i) by a person  owning  such  shares  merely of  record  (such as a member of a
securities  exchange,  a nominee or a securities  depository system),  (ii) by a
person as a bona fide pledgee of shares prior to a default and  determination to
exercise powers as an owner of the shares, (iii) by a person who is not required
to file  statements  on  Schedule  13D by virtue of Rule  13d-1(b,  or (iv) by a
person who owns or holds shares as an underwriter acquired in connection with an
underwritten offering pending and for purposes of resale.

         2.13 "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended from time to time.

         2.14 "Exercise  Price" shall mean the price per Share of Common  Stock,
determined by the Board or the Committee, at which an Award may be exercised.

         2.15 "Fair  Market  Value"  shall mean the value of one Share of Common
Stock, determined as follows:

                 (i)      If the Shares are traded on an exchange,  the price at
which Shares traded at the close of business on the date of valuation; or

                 (ii)     If  the  Shares  are  traded  over-the-counter  on the
NASDAQ  System,  the closing price if one is available,  or the mean between the
bid and asked  prices on said  System  at the close of  business  on the date of
valuation; or

                 (iii)    If neither (i) nor (ii) above applies, the fair market
value  as  determined  by the  Board  or  the  Committee  in  good  faith.  Such
determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

         2.16 "Incentive Stock Option" shall mean an option described in Section
422A(b) of the Code.

         2.17 "Nonstatutory  Stock Option" shall mean an option not described in
Section 422(b), 422A(b), 423(b) or 424(b) of the Code.

         2.18 "Option"  shall  mean  either  an  Incentive  Stock  Option  or  a
Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

         2.19 "Participant"  shall mean  Eligible  Employee  who has received an
Award under the Plan.

         2.20 "Plan"  shall mean the Virtual  Brand,  Inc.1999  Stock Option and
Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.


                                       2

<PAGE>

         2.21 "Purchase Price" shall mean the Exercise Price times the number of
Shares with respect to which an Award is exercised.

         2.22 "Restricted Stock Awards" shall mean any Award of shares of Common
Stock that may be subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

         2.23 "Retirement" shall mean the voluntary termination of employment by
an Employee upon the attainment of age 65 and the completion of not less than 20
years of service with the Corporation or a Subsidiary.

         2.24 "Rule 16b" shall mean Rule 16b of the  Securities and Exchange Act
of 1934.

         2.25 "Share"  shall  mean  one  share  of  Common  Stock,  adjusted  in
accordance with Section 8.5 of the Plan (if applicable).

         2.26 "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
from time to time.

         2.27 "Stock  Appreciation  Right"  shall  mean the right  granted  to a
Participant to be paid an amount measured by the appreciation in the Fair Market
Value of the Common  Stock from the date of grant to the date of exercise of the
right,  with payment to be made in cash,  Common Stock, or property as specified
in the Award or determined by the Board or the Committee.

         2.28 "Stock Option  Agreements" shall mean an Award Agreement  granting
Options under the Plan.

         2.29 "Stock  Purchase  Agreement"  shall mean an  agreement to exercise
Options under the Plan.

         2.30 "Subsidiary"  shall mean any corporation at least 50% of the total
combined  voting  power  of which is  owned  by the  Corporation  or by  another
Subsidiary.

         2.31 "Tax Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 hereof.


III.     EFFECTIVE DATE

The Plan was adopted by the Board  January 4, 1999,  subject to the  approval by
the  Corporation's  shareholders.  The Plan is being  submitted for  shareholder
approval  pursuant to a shareholder's  action without a meeting in which holders
of a majority of the shares of Common  Stock must approve of the adoption of the
Plan pursuant to the Corporations Bylaws and Nevada Corporate Law. The effective
date of the Plan shall be January 4, 1999 (the "Effective Date"),  provided that
the Plan receives shareholder approval.


IV.      ADMINISTRATION

         The Plan shall be  administered  by the Board in  compliance  with Rule
16b-3,  or by a  Committee  appointed  by the Board,  which  Committee  shall be
constituted  to permit  the Plan to  comply  with Rule  16b-3,  and which  shall
consist of not less than two members. The Board shall appoint one of the members
of the Committee,  if there be one, as Chairman of the Committee. If a Committee
has been  appointed,  the Committee shall hold meetings at such times and places
as it may  determine.  Acts of a majority of the  Committee at which a quorum is
present,  or acts reduced to or approved in writing by a majority of the members
of the Committee,  shall be the valid acts of the Committee.  The Board,  or the


                                       3

<PAGE>

Committee if there be one, shall from time to time at its discretion  select the
Eligible  Employees and consultants who are to be granted Awards,  determine the
number of Shares to be  applicable  to such Award,  and designate any Options as
Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options,  except that no Incentive
Stock  Option  may be  granted  to a  non-employee  director  or a  non-employee
consultant.  A member  of the  Board  or a  Committee  member  shall in no event
participate in any determination  relating to Awards held by or to be granted to
such Board or Committee  member;  however,  a member of the Board or a Committee
member shall be entitled to receive Awards which are duly approved in accordance
with the provisions of Rule 16b-3.  The  interpretation  and construction by the
Board,  or by the  Committee if there be one, of any provision of the Plan or of
any Award granted  thereunder  shall be final.  No member of the Board or of the
Committee  shall be liable  for any action or  determination  made in good faith
with  respect to the Plan or any Award  granted  thereunder.  In addition to any
right of indemnification  provided by the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of
the  Corporation,  such person  shall be  indemnified  and held  harmless by the
Corporation from any loss,  cost,  liability or expense that may be imposed upon
or reasonably  incurred by him in  connection  with any claim,  suit,  action or
proceeding to which he may be a party by reason of any action or omission  under
the Plan.


V.       PARTICIPATION

         5.1  Eligibility.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  of Section 5.2
below, the Participants shall be such persons as the shareholders may approve or
as the Board or the  Committee  may select from among the  following  classes of
persons:  (i)  Employees  of the  Corporation  or of a  Subsidiary  (who  may be
officers,  whether or not they are directors);  and (ii)  Consultants,  vendors,
customers,   and  others  expected  to  provide  significant   services  to  the
Corporation or a Subsidiary.

         For  purposes  of this  Plan,  a  Participant  who is a  director  or a
consultant,  vendor,  customer, or other provider of significant services to the
Corporation  or a  Subsidiary  shall be deemed to be an Eligible  Employee,  and
service as a  director,  consultant,  vendor,  customer,  or other  provider  of
significant  services to the  Corporation or a Subsidiary  shall be deemed to be
employment,  except  that  no  Incentive  Stock  Option  may  be  granted  to  a
non-employee  director or non-employee  consultant,  vendor,  customer, or other
provider of significant services to the Corporation or a Subsidiary,  and except
that no Nonstatutory  Stock Option may be granted to a non-employee  director or
non-employee  consultant,  vendor,  customer,  or other  provider of significant
services to the Corporation or a Subsidiary other than upon a vote of a majority
of disinterested directors finding that the value of the services rendered or to
be rendered to the Corporation or a Subsidiary by such non-employee  director or
non-employee  consultant,  vendor, customer, or other provider of services is at
least equal to the value of the Awards granted.

         5.2  Ten-Percent Shareholders.  An Eligible Employee who owns more than
10% of the total combined  voting power of all classes of  outstanding  stock of
the Corporation,  its parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible to
receive an Award for an Incentive  Stock Option unless (i) the Exercise Price of
the Shares  subject to such Award is at least 110% of the Fair  Market  Value of
such  Shares  on the date of  grant;  and (ii)  such  Award by its  terms is not
exercisable after the expiration of 5 years from the date of grant.

         5.3  Stock Ownership. For purposes of Section 5.2 above, in determining
stock  ownership an Eligible  Employee  shall be  considered as owning the stock
owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by or for  his  brothers,  sisters,  spouses,
ancestors,  and lineal descendants.  Stock owned, directly or indirectly,  by or
for a corporation,  partnership,  estate,  or trust shall be considered as being
owned  proportionately by or for its shareholders,  partners,  or beneficiaries.
Stock with respect to which such Eligible  Employee  holds an Award shall not be
counted.

         5.4  Outstanding Stock. For purposes of Section 5.2 above, "outstanding
stock" shall include all stock actually issued and outstanding immediately after


                                       4

<PAGE>

the grant of the Award to the Participant. "Outstanding stock" shall not include
shares authorized for issue under outstanding Options or Purchase Rights held by
the Participant or by any other person.


VI.      STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

         The stock  subject to Awards  granted under the Plan shall be Shares of
the  Corporation's  authorized  but unissued or  reacquired  Common  Stock.  The
aggregate  number of Shares  which may be issued as Awards or upon  exercise  of
Awards under the Plan shall not exceed  2,500,000  shares.  The number of Shares
subject to  unexercised  Options  (plus the number of Shares  previously  issued
under the Plan) shall not at any time exceed the number of Shares  available for
issuance  under  the Plan.  In the event  that any  unexercised  Option,  or any
portion  thereof,  for any reason expires or is terminated,  the  unexercised or
unvested Shares allocable to such Option may again be made subject to any Award.
Any Shares  withheld  by the  Corporation  pursuant  to Section 9.3 shall not be
deemed to be issued.  The number of withheld  Shares shall be deducted  from the
applicable  Award and shall not entitle the  Participant  to receive  additional
Shares.  The  limitations  established  by this  Article  VI shall be subject to
adjustment in the manner  provided in Section 8.5 hereof upon the  occurrence of
an event specified therein.


VII.     OPTIONS

         7.1  Stock  Option  Agreements.  Options  shall be evidenced by written
Stock Option  Agreements in such form as the Board or the  Committee  shall from
time to time determine.  Such agreements shall comply with and be subject to the
terms and conditions set forth below.

         7.2  Type and Number of Shares.  Each  Option  shall  state the type of
Award and the number of Shares to which it  pertains  and shall  provide for the
adjustment thereof in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.5 hereof.

         7.3  Exercise  Price.  Each  Option  shall  state  the  Exercise  Price
thereof.  The Exercise Price in the case of any Incentive Stock Option shall not
be less than the Fair Market  Value on the date of grant and, in the case of any
Option granted to an Optionee described in Section 5.2 hereof, shall not be less
than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.  The Exercise  Price in
the case of any Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be less than 85% of the Fair
Market Value on the date of grant.

         7.4  Medium and Time of Payment. The Purchase Price shall be payable in
full in  United  States  dollars  upon the  exercise  of the  Option;  provided,
however,  that if the applicable Stock Option Agreement so provides the Purchase
Price may be paid (i) by the  surrender  of  Shares  in good form for  transfer,
owned by the  Participant and having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise
equal to the Purchase Price,  or in any combination of cash and Shares,  as long
as the sum of the cash so paid  and the  Fair  Market  Value  of the  Shares  so
surrendered  equal the Purchase Price, (ii) by cancellation of indebtedness owed
by the  Corporation to the  Participant,  (iii) with a full recourse  promissory
note executed by the Participant,  or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. The
interest rate and other terms and conditions of such note shall be determined by
the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may require that the Participant
pledge his or her Shares to the  Corporation  for the  purpose of  securing  the
payment of such note.  In no event shall the stock  certificate(s)  representing
such Shares be released to the Participant until such note is paid in full.

         7.5  Term and  Nontransferability  of Options.  Each Option shall state
the time or times which all or part thereof becomes exercisable. No Option shall
be exercisable  after the expiration of five years from the date it was granted.
During the lifetime of the Participant,  the Option shall be exercisable only by
the Participant and shall not be assignable or transferable. In the event of the


                                       5

<PAGE>

Participant's  death,  the Option shall not be  transferable  by the Participant
other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

         7.6  Modification,   Extension,  and  Renewal  of  Option.  Within  the
limitations  of the Plan,  the Board of  Directors  may modify,  extend or renew
outstanding  Options or accept the  cancellation of outstanding  Options (to the
extent not previously exercised) for the granting of new Options in substitution
therefor.  The foregoing  notwithstanding,  no  modification of an Option shall,
without  the  consent  of  the  Participant,  alter  or  impair  any  rights  or
obligations under any Option previously granted.

         7.7  Limitation  on Grant of Incentive  Stock  Options.  In the case of
Incentive  Stock Options  granted  hereunder,  the  aggregate  Fair Market Value
(determined  as of the date of the grant  thereof) of the Shares with respect to
which  Incentive  Stock Options become  exercisable by any  Participant  for the
first  time  during  any  calendar  year  (under  this Plan and all other  Plans
maintained by the Corporation, its parent, or its Subsidiaries) shall not exceed
$100,000.  The Board or Committee may, however,  with the Participant's  consent
authorize  an  amendment  to the  Incentive  Stock  Option  which  renders  it a
Nonstatutory Stock Option.

         7.8  Other Provisions. The Stock Option Agreements authorized under the
Plan may contain such other  provisions not  inconsistent  with the terms of the
Plan  (including,  without  limitation,  restrictions  upon the  exercise of the
Option) as the Board of Directors shall deem advisable.

         7.9  Specific   Awards  Approved  by  the   Shareholders.   Subject  to
shareholder approval and pursuant to the Board of Director's approval January 4,
1999, the individuals  whose names are set forth in Exhibit "A," a copy of which
is attached hereto and  incorporated  herein by this reference,  shall be deemed
granted  Nonstatutory Stock Options as of the Effective Date, in the amounts and
for the exercise  price  specified by the Board of Directors,  all in accordance
with the provisions set forth in this Article VII of the Plan. The provisions of
this  Section 7.9 shall not be amended  more than once every six  months,  other
than  to  comply  with  changes  in the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  the  Employee
Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules thereunder,  and are intended to be
construed in accordance with the provisions pertaining to "formula awards" under
Paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of Rule 16b-3.


XIII.    RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES, PARTICIPANTS, AND BENEFICIARIES

         8.1  Employee  Status.  Status  as an  Eligible  Employee  shall not be
construed  as a  commitment  that any  Award  will be made  under the Plan to an
Eligible Employee or to Eligible Employees generally.

         8.2  No Employment  Contract.  Nothing contained in the Plan (or in the
Award  Agreements  or in any other  documents  related to the Plan or to Awards)
shall confer upon any Eligible Employee or any Participant any right to continue
in the employ of the  Corporation  or  constitute  any  contract or agreement of
employment,  or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to reduce
such  person's  compensation  or to terminate  the  employment  of such Eligible
Employee or  Participant,  with or without cause,  but nothing  contained in the
Plan or any document related thereto shall affect any other contractual right of
any Eligible  Employee or Participant.  Nothing contained in the Plan (or in the
Award  Agreements or in any other  documents  related to the Plan or the Awards)
shall  confer upon any  director of the  Corporation  any right to continue as a
director of the Corporation.

         8.3  No  Transferability.  Awards may be exercised only by, and amounts
payable  or  shares  issuable  pursuant  to an Award  shall  be paid  only to or
registered  only in the  name  of,  the  Participant  or,  in the  event  of the
Participant's  death, to the  Participant's  Beneficiary or, in the event of the
Participant's  Disability,  to the Participant's Personal  Representative or, if
there is none, to the Participant. Other than by will or the laws of descent and
distribution,  no right or  benefit  under  the  Plan or any  Award,  including,
without limitation, any Option or share of Restricted Stock that has not vested,


                                       6

<PAGE>

shall be subject  in any manner to  anticipation,  alienation,  sale,  transfer,
assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance, or charge and any such attempted action shall
be void and no such right or benefit  shall be, in any  manner,  liable  for, or
subject to, debts, contract, liabilities,  engagements, or torts of any Eligible
Employee,  Participant,  or Beneficiary,  in any case except as may otherwise be
expressly required by applicable law. The Board or the Committee shall disregard
any attempt at  transfer,  assignment,  or other  alienation  prohibited  by the
preceding  sentence and shall pay or deliver such cash or shares of Common Stock
in accordance  with the provisions of the Plan.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
the Board or the Committee may authorize exercise by or transfers or payments to
a third party in a specific  case or more  generally;  provided,  however,  with
respect to any option or similar right (including any Stock Appreciation Right),
such discretion may only be exercised to the extent that applicable  rules under
Section 16 of the Exchange Act would so permit  without  disqualifying  the Plan
from certain benefits thereunder.

         8.4  Plan Not Funded.  No  Participant,  Beneficiary,  or other  person
shall have any right,  title,  or interest in any fund or in any specific  asset
(including  shares of Common  Stock) of the  Corporation  by reason of any Award
granted  hereunder.  There shall be no funding of any benefits  which may become
payable  hereunder.  Neither  the  provisions  of the Plan (or of any  documents
related hereto),  nor the creation or adoption of the Plan, nor any action taken
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall create,  or be construed to create,
a trust of any kind or a fiduciary  relationship between the Corporation and any
Participant,  Beneficiary,  or other person. To the extent that a Participant, a
Beneficiary,  or other  person  acquires a right to receive an Award  hereunder,
such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured  general creditor
of the  Corporation.  Awards  payable  under the Plan shall be paid in shares of
Common Stock or from the general  assets of the  Corporation,  and no special or
separate fund or deposit shall be  established  and no  segregation of assets or
shares shall be made to assure payment of such Awards.

         8.5  Adjustment Upon  Recapitalizations  and Corporate Changes.  If the
outstanding  shares of Common Stock are changed into or exchanged  for cash or a
different number or kind of shares or securities of the  Corporation,  or if the
outstanding shares of the Common Stock are increased,  decreased, exchanged for,
or otherwise  changed,  or if  additional  shares or new or different  shares or
securities are distributed with respect to the outstanding  shares of the Common
Stock,  through a  reorganization  or merger  in which  the  Corporation  is the
surviving  entity or  through a  combination,  consolidation,  recapitalization,
reclassification,  stock split,  stock  dividend,  reverse  stock  split,  stock
consolidation,  or other capital change or adjustment, an appropriate adjustment
shall be made in the  number and kind of shares of other  consideration  that is
subject  to or may be  delivered  under  the Plan and  pursuant  to  outstanding
Awards. A corresponding  adjustment to the consideration payable with respect to
Awards granted prior to any such change and to the price,  if any, to be paid in
connection  with  Restricted  Stock  Awards  shall also be made as  appropriate.
Corresponding  adjustments  shall be made  with  respect  to Stock  Appreciation
Rights related to Options to which they are related.  In addition,  the Board or
the Committee may grant such additional rights in the foregoing circumstances as
the Board or the Committee  deems to be in the best interest of any  Participant
and the  Corporation in order to preserve for the Participant the benefits of an
Award.

         8.6  Termination  of  Employment,   Except  by  Death,  Disability,  or
Retirement.  If a Participant ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than
his or her death,  Disability or  Retirement,  such  Participant  shall have the
right,  subject to the  restrictions of Section 8.3 above, to exercise any Award
at any time within three months after termination of employment, but only to the
extent that, at the date of termination of employment,  the Participant's  right
to  exercise  such Award had  accrued  pursuant  to the terms of the  applicable
agreement and had not previously been exercised;  provided, however, that if the
Participant  was terminated for cause (as defined in the applicable  agreement),
any Award not exercised in full prior to such termination shall be canceled. For
this purpose, the employment  relationship shall be treated as continuing intact
while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave
of  absence  (to be  determined  in the  sole  discretion  of the  Board  or the
Committee).  The foregoing  notwithstanding,  in the case of an Incentive  Stock
Option, employment shall not be deemed to continue beyond the 90th day after the
Participant's reemployment rights are guaranteed by statute or by contract.


                                       7

<PAGE>

         8.7  Death of Participant.  If a Participant dies while an Employee, or
after ceasing to be an Employee but during the period while he or she could have
exercised  the Award under this  Section 8.7,  and has not fully  exercised  the
Award,  then the Award  may be  exercised  in full at any time  within 12 months
after the Participant's  death (but not later than the date of termination fixed
in the applicable  agreement),  by the executors or administrators of his or her
estate or by any person or persons who have acquired the Award directly from the
Participant by bequest or inheritance,  but only to the extent that, at the date
of death, the Participant's right to exercise such Award had accrued and had not
been  forfeited  pursuant to the terms of the  applicable  agreement and had not
previously been exercised.

         8.8  Disability  of  Participant.  If a  Participant  ceases  to  be an
Employee  by reason of  Disability,  such  Participant  shall  have the right to
exercise the Award at any time within 12 months after  termination of employment
(but not later than the termination date fixed in the applicable Agreement), but
only  to the  extent  that,  at the  date  of  termination  of  employment,  the
Participant's  right to exercise such Award had accrued pursuant to the terms of
the applicable Award Agreement and had not previously been exercised.

         8.9  Retirement  of  Participant.  If a  Participant  ceases  to  be an
Employee  by reason of  Retirement,  such  Participant  shall  have the right to
exercise  the  Award  at any time  within  three  months  after  termination  of
employment  (but not later than the  termination  date  fixed in the  applicable
Award  Agreement),  but only to the extent that, at the date of  termination  of
employment,  the Participant's right to exercise such Award had accrued pursuant
to the terms of the  applicable  Award  Agreement  and had not  previously  been
exercised.

         8.10 Rights as a  Stockholder.  A  Participant,  or a  transferee  of a
Participant,  shall have no rights as a  stockholder  with respect to any Shares
covered  by his or  her  Award  until  the  date  of  the  issuance  of a  stock
certificate for such Shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary
or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities, or other property), distributions
or other  rights  for which  the  record  date is prior to the date  such  stock
certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 8.5 hereof.

         8.11 Deferral of Payments.  The Board or the  Committee may approve the
deferral  of any  payments  that may become due under the Plan.  Such  deferrals
shall be subject to any conditions,  restrictions,  or requirements as the Board
or the Committee may determine.

         8.12 Acceleration of Awards.  Immediately prior to the occurrence of an
Event, (i) each Option and Stock  Appreciation Right under the Plan shall become
exercisable  in full;  (ii)  Restricted  Stock  delivered  under the Plan  shall
immediately  vest free of restrictions;  and (iii) each other Award  outstanding
under the Plan shall be fully vested or exercisable, unless, prior to the Event,
the Board or the  Committee  otherwise  determines  that there  shall be no such
acceleration or vesting of an Award or otherwise  determines  those Awards which
shall  be  accelerated  or  vested  and to the  extent  to which  they  shall be
accelerated or vested, or that an Award shall terminate, or unless in connection
with  such  Event the  Board  provides  (A) for the  assumption  of such  Awards
theretofore  granted;  or (B) for the substitution for such Awards of new awards
covering  securities or obligations (or any combination  thereof) of a successor
corporation,  or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as
to number  and kind of shares  and  prices;  or (C) for the  payment of the fair
market  value of the then  outstanding  Awards.  In  addition,  the Board or the
Committee may grant such additional rights in the foregoing circumstances as the
Board or the Committee  deems to be in the best interest of the  Participant and
the  Corporation  in order to preserve  for the  Participant  the benefits of an
Award.  For purposes of this  Section  8.12 only,  Board shall mean the Board of
Directors of the Corporation as constituted  immediately  prior to the Event. In
addition,  the Board may in its sole discretion accelerate the exercisability or
vesting of any or all Awards  outstanding under the Plan in circumstances  under
which the Board or the Committee determines such acceleration appropriate.


                                       8

<PAGE>

IX.      MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1  Termination, Suspension, and Amendment. The Board or the Committee
may, at any time,  suspend,  amend,  modify,  or terminate the Plan (or any part
thereof)  and  may,  with  the  consent  of  a   Participant,   authorize   such
modifications  of the terms and  conditions  of such  Participant's  Award as it
shall deem advisable; provided that, except as permitted under the provisions of
Section 8.5 hereof,  no  amendment  or  modification  of the Plan may be adopted
without  approval  by a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of  Common  Stock
pursuant to a  shareholder's  action taken without a meeting or by a majority of
the shares of the Common Stock  represented (in person or by proxy) at a meeting
of  stockholders  at which a quorum is present and entitled to vote thereat,  if
such amendment or modification would:

                  (i)     materially   increase   the   benefits   accruing   to
Participants  under the Plan or  materially  increase  the  aggregate  number of
shares which may be delivered  pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan if such
action would require of the Company's  shareholders pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under
the Exchange Act or any successor provision; or

                  (ii)    materially  modify the requirements of eligibility for
participation in the Plan.

Neither adoption of the Plan nor the provisions hereof shall limit the authority
of the Board to adopt other Plans or to authorize other payments of compensation
and benefits  under  applicable  law. No Awards under the Plan may be granted or
amended  during  any  suspension  of the  Plan or  after  its  termination.  The
amendment,  suspension or termination of the Plan shall not, without the consent
of the Participant,  alter or impair any rights or obligations pertaining to any
Awards  granted  under  the  Plan  prior  to  such  amendment,   suspension,  or
termination.

         9.2  No Fractional  Shares.  No Award or  installment  thereof shall be
exercisable  except in respect of whole shares,  and fractional  share interests
shall be disregarded.

         9.3  Tax  Withholding.  As required by law,  federal,  state,  or local
taxes that are subject to the withholding of tax at the source shall be withheld
by the Corporation as necessary to satisfy such requirements. The Corporation is
entitled  to  require  deduction  from  other   compensation   payable  to  each
Participant  or,  in the  alternative:  (i)  the  Corporation  may  require  the
Participant  to  advance  such  sums;  or  (ii)  if a  Participant  elects,  the
Corporation  may  withhold  (or  require  the return of) Shares  having the Fair
Market  Value equal to the sums  required  to be  withheld.  If the  Participant
elects to advance such sums  directly,  written notice of that election shall be
delivered  prior to such  exercise  and,  whether  pursuant to such  election or
pursuant  to a  requirement  imposed by the  Corporation,  payment in cash or by
check of such  sums for  taxes  shall be  delivered  within  10 days  after  the
exercise date. If the Participant elects to have the Corporation withhold Shares
(or be entitled to the return of Shares) having a Fair Market Value equal to the
sums  required  to be  withheld,  the  value of the  Shares to be  withheld  (or
returned)  will be equal to the Fair Market  Value on the date the amount of tax
to be withheld (or subject to return) is to be determined (the "Tax Date").

         9.4  Restrictions  on  Elections  Made by  Participants.  Elections  by
Participants  to have Shares  withheld  (or subject to return) for this  purpose
will be subject to the  following  restrictions:  (i) the election  must be made
prior to the Tax Date; (ii) the election must be irrevocable; (iii) the election
will be subject to the Board's  disapproval;  and (iv) if the  Participant is an
"officer"  within the meaning of Section 16 of the  Exchange  Act,  the election
shall be subject to such  additional  restrictions as the Board or the Committee
may impose in an effort to secure the benefits of any regulations thereunder.

         9.5  Limitations  on the  Corporation's  Obligations.  The  Corporation
shall not be obligated to issue shares and/or distribute cash to the Participant
upon any Award exercise until such payment has been received or Shares have been


                                       9

<PAGE>

withheld,  unless  withholding (or offset against a cash payment) as of or prior
to the exercise  date is  sufficient  to cover all such sums due or which may be
due with respect to such exercise.  In addition,  the Board or the Committee may
grant to a Participant a cash bonus in any amount required by federal, state, or
local tax law to be withheld with respect to an Award.

         9.6  Compliance  with Laws.  The Plan, the granting of Awards under the
Plan, the Stock Option Agreements and Stock Purchase Agreements and the delivery
of Options,  Shares,  and Awards  (and/or the payment of money or Common  Stock)
pursuant  thereto and the  extension of any loans  hereunder are subject to such
additional  requirements  as the Board or the  Committee may impose to assure or
facilitate  compliance  with all  applicable  federal and state laws,  rules and
regulations   (including,   without  limitation,   securities  laws  and  margin
requirements)  and to such  approvals by any regulatory or  governmental  agency
which may be necessary or advisable in connection therewith.  In connection with
the  administration  of the Plan or the  grant of any  Award,  the  Board or the
Committee  may impose such further  limitations  or conditions as in its opinion
may be required or advisable to satisfy,  or secure the benefits of,  applicable
regulatory  requirements  (including those rules promulgated under Section 16 of
the Exchange Act or those rules that  facilitate  exemption  from or  compliance
with the  Securities Act or the Exchange  Act),  the  requirements  of any stock
exchange upon which such shares or shares of the same class are then listed, and
any blue sky or other securities laws applicable to such shares.

         9.7  Governing Laws. The Plan and all Awards granted under the Plan and
the  documents  evidencing  Awards  shall  be  governed  by,  and  construed  in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada as the Corporation's  principle
place of business.

         9.8  Securities Law Requirements.

              (a)  Legality  of  Issuance.  The  issuance of any Shares upon the
exercise of any Option and the grant of any Option shall be contingent  upon the
following:

                  (i)     the Corporation  and the Participant  shall have taken
all actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the  "Securities  Act"), and to qualify the Option and the Shares under
any and all applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws or regulations, or to
perfect  an  exemption  from  the  respective   registration  and  qualification
requirements thereof;

                  (ii)    any  applicable  listing   requirement  of  any  stock
exchange on which the Common Stock is listed shall have been satisfied; and

                  (iii)   any other applicable provision of state or Federal law
shall have been satisfied.

              (b)  Restrictions on Transfer.  Regardless of whether the offering
and sale of Shares under the Plan has been  registered  under the Securities Act
or has been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state,  the
Corporation may impose  restrictions on the sale,  pledge,  or other transfer of
such  Shares   (including  the  placement  of   appropriate   legends  on  stock
certificates)  if, in the  judgment of the  Corporation  and its  counsel,  such
restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve  compliance with the
provisions of the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state, or any other
law. In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under
the  Securities  Act but an exemption is available  which required an investment
representation  or other  representation,  each Participant shall be required to
represent  that such Shares are being  acquired for  investment,  and not with a
view to the sale or distribution thereof, and to make such other representations
as are deemed  necessary or appropriate by the Corporation and its counsel.  Any
determination  by the  Corporation and its counsel in connection with any of the
matters set forth in this Section  9.6(b) shall be conclusive and binding on all
persons.  Stock certificates  evidencing Shares acquired under the Plan pursuant
to an unregistered  transaction shall bear the following  restrictive legend and
such other  restrictive  legends as are required or deemed  advisable  under the
provisions of any applicable law:


                                       10

<PAGE>

         THESE  SHARES  OF  COMMON  STOCK  REPRESENTED   HEREBY  HAVE  NOT  BEEN
         REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1993, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR
         APPLICABLE  STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND HAVE BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON
         EXEMPTIONS  FROM SUCH  REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS.  THESE SHARES OR ANY
         INTEREST  HEREIN  MAY  NOT,  BE  OFFERED,  SOLD OR  TRANSFERRED  UNLESS
         REGISTERED  UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS OR AN
         EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND APPLICABLE
         STATE SECURITIES LAWS IS AVAILABLE.

              (c) Registration or  Qualification of Securities.  The Corporation
may,  but shall not be  obligated  to register or qualify the issuance of Awards
and/or the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other  applicable law.
The Corporation  shall not be obligated to take any affirmative  action in order
to cause the  issuance of Awards or the sale of Shares  under the Plan to comply
with any law.

              (d)  Exchange  of   Certificates.   If,  in  the  opinion  of  the
Corporation  and  its  counsel,   any  legend  placed  on  a  stock  certificate
representing  shares issued under the Plan is no longer required,  the holder of
such  certificate   shall  be  entitled  to  exchange  such  certificate  for  a
certificate representing the same number of Shares but lacking such legend.

         9.9  Execution.  To  record  the  adoption  of the Plan in the form set
forth above by the Board  effective as of January 25, 1999, the  Corporation has
caused  this Plan to be  executed  in the name and on behalf of the  Corporation
where provided below by an officer of the Corporation thereunto duly authorized.



                                                 VIRTUAL BRAND, INC.



                                                 By: /s/ Jeff Phillips
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                     President

ATTEST:


/s/Gregory V. Gibson
- --------------------------
Secretary


                                       11

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT "A"-1




                      S&P COMSTOCK INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION
                                LICENSE AGREEMENT

          AGREEMENT,  made as of 1-16-98,  by and between S&P  ComStock,  Inc. a
 corporation having offices at 600 Mamaroneck Avenue,  Harrison, New York 10528,
 and Global  investor's Guide  ("Distributor"),  having an office at 1130 Camino
 Del Mar, Suite 1, Del Mar, CA 92014

          WHEREAS,  S&P  ComStock,  Inc.  gathers,  formats and  distributes  an
 information  service comprised of certain securities and commodities prices and
 other data which is known as the S&P ComStock Service. ("ComStock") and

          WHEREAS, S&P ComStock, Inc. is licensed to distribute information from
 various Stock Exchanges,  Commodity Exchanges, and other sources (collectively,
 "Sources") as part of S&P ComStock; and

          WHEREAS,  the parties desire that certain delayed information from S&P
 ComStock  ("the  ComStock  Information")  as  specified  in Exhibit A (Part I),
 attached hereto, be made available to Distributor for display by Distributor on
 its Internet World Wide Web site (collectively,  the "Distributor Service"), as
 described fully in Exhibit B, attached hereto.

          NOW, THEREFORE, the parties mutually agree as follows:

 1.  Distribution License.

          (a) Distributor  is  hereby  granted for the term of this  Agreement a
 nonexclusive,  nontransferable  right and license to distribute  electronically
 the  ComStockInformation  via the  Distributor  Service  solely  for  access by
 Internet  users of the  Distributor  Service (such users  referred to herein as
 "Subscribers"),  provided  that the  ComStock  Information  is  supplied to the
 Subscribers    by    means    (such    as   data    encryption,    or    packet
 transmissiondigitizing)   which   prevent   unauthorized   reception,   use  or
 retransmission  and further  provided that  Distributor has executed in advance
 any and all necessary documents with the various Sources,  which documents have
 been accepted and approved by the Sources.  Notice of such Sources'  acceptance
 and approval must be supplied to S&P ComStock,  Inc. prior to Distributor's use
 or distribution of the ComStock Information.

          (b) Distributor  agrees  and  understands  that it is not permitted to
 sublicense,  transfer,  or assign  its rights  hereunder  and that it shall not
 permit the  redistribution of the ComStock  Information by any Subscriber or by
 any other third party without the express prior  authorization of S&P ComStock,
 Inc.  pursuant  to a separate  agreement  or by  mutually  agreeable  amendment
 executed and attached hereto.


<PAGE>

 2.  ComStock Equipment.

          (a) During  the  term of this  Agreement,  S&P  ComStock,  Inc.  shall
 provide  Distributor  the equipment  listed in Exhibit C, attached hereto ("the
 ComStock  Equipment"),  for installation only at the site(s) specified therein.
 Distributor  shall not  relocate  the  ComStock  Equipment  without the written
 permission of S&P ComStock, Inc.

          (b) S&P ComStock,  Inc. shall, at  Distributor's  expense and request,
 install, furnish, and maintain necessary modems and/or communications interface
 equipment.

          (c) Distributor  shall not attach,  or permit or cause to be attached,
 any nonComStock  equipment to the ComStock  communications line or the ComStock
 Equipment without the prior written permission of S&P ComStock, Inc..

          (d) Distributor  shall  have  no  right  in or to any of the  ComStock
 Equipment  except for the Tights of use herein granted.  Distributor  shall pay
 all  extraordinary  costs for repair or replacement of the ComStock  Equipment,
 over and above ordinary  maintenance  which shall be performed by S&P ComStock,
 Inc.. Such extraordinary  maintenance  includes electrical work external to the
 ComStock  Equipment,  maintenance of accessories or attachments,  and repair of
 damage to the ComStock  Equipment  resulting  from accident,  neglect,  misuse,
 failure of  electrical  power or causes other than  ordinary  use.  Distributor
 shall promptly return the ComStock  Equipment in good condition,  ordinary wear
 and tear excepted, upon termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 3.  ComStock Information.

          (a) The  furnishing  to  Distributor  of the ComStock  Information  is
 conditioned upon strict  compliance with the provisions of this Agreement,  the
 applicable  policies  of the  Sources,  and with all local,  state and  federal
 regulations  which might  pertain to the use of the  ComStock  Information.  It
 shall be the sole  responsibility of Distributor to confirm with the applicable
 Sources  whether or not all of the ComStock  Information  may be distributed by
 Distributor to its Subscribers. S&P ComStock, Inc. may discontinue provision of
 the ComStock Information hereunder,  without notice,  whenever the terms of its
 agreements  with  the  Sources  require  such  discontinuance,  or  if  in  its
 reasonable judgment S&P ComStock,  Inc. finds a breach by Distributor of any of
 the provisions of this Agreement.

          (b) Neither S&P ComStock,  Inc.,  nor any of its  affiliates,  nor any
 Sources make any express or implied warranties (including,  without limitation,
 any warranty of  merchantability  or fitness for a particular  purpose or use).
 Neither S&P ComStock, Inc., any of its affiliates,  or any Sources warrant that
 the ComStock  information  will be  uninterrupted  or  error-free.  Distributor
 expressly agrees that its use and distribution of the ComStock  Information and
 its use of the ComStock  Equipment is at the sole risk of  Distributor  and its
 Subscribers.  S&P ComStock,  Inc., its affiliates,  and all Sources involved in


                                        2


<PAGE>

 creating or  providing  the  ComStock  Information  will in no way be liable to
 Distributor  or  any  of  its  Subscribers  for  any  inaccuracies,  errors  or
 omissions,  regardless of cause, in the ComStock Information or for any defects
 or failures in the ComStock  Equipment,  or for any damages  (whether direct or
 indirect,  or consequential,  punitive or exemplary) resulting  therefrom.  The
 liability of S&P ComStock,  Inc. and its affiliates in any and all  categories,
 whether arising from contract, warranty, negligence, or otherwise shall, in the
 aggregate, in no event exceed one month's ComStock Information Delivery Fee.

          (c) Distributor   agrees  that  it  shall  not  display  the  ComStock
 Information in the Distributor  Service without a prominent  notice  indicating
 that the ComStock  Information  is being  displayed  on a minimum  fifteen (15)
 minute delayed basis.

          (d) Distributor  also  agrees  to  include  S&P  Comstock's  Terms and
 Condition  of Use, a copy of which is attached  hereto as Exhibit E, within the
 Distributor  Service in a manner which alerts  Subscribers of the applicability
 thereof

          (e) Distributor shall clearly and prominently identify S&P ComStock as
 the source of the ComStock Information by display of the S&P ComStock logo (the
 "Logo")  in a manner to be agreed to by the  parties.  Distributor  shall  also
 create a hypertext  or other  computer  link from the Logo to the S&P  ComStock
 site on the World Wide Web.

          (f) Distributor  represents  and war-rants that it has and will employ
 adequate security procedures to prevent the unauthorized access to the ComStock
 information or corruption of the ComStock Information.

          (g) Distributor  agrees to indemnify and hold S&P  ComStock,  Inc. and
 its  affiliates  harmless  from  and  against  any  and  all  losses,  damages,
 liabilities, costs, charges and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees,
 arising out of (i) any liability of S&P ComStock,  Inc. to any Subscriber where
 Distributor  has  failed to  include  the Terms  and  Conditions  of Use in the
 Distributor  Service  pursuant  to Section  3(d)  above;  or (ii) any breach or
 alleged breach on the part of Distributor  or any  Subscribers  with respect to
 its/their obligations to obtain prior approvals from appropriate Sources and to
 comply with any applicable  conditions,  restrictions or limitations  impose by
 any Source.

          (h) S&P ComStock,  Inc. represents that it has the rights and licenses
 necessary to transmit the ComStock Information to Distributor,  and that to the
 best of S&P ComStock,  Inc.'s  knowledge,  the license  granted to  Distributor
 hereunder does not infringe any  proprietary  right or any third party right at
 common law or any statutory copyright.

          (i) S&P  ComStock,  Inc.  shall  deliver the ComStock  Information  to
 Distributor at the site(s) set forth in Exhibit C or at such other locations as
 Distributor may designate within the continental United States or Canada.


                                        3

<PAGE>

 4.  Payments.

          In  consideration  for  the  license  granted  to  Distributor  by S&P
 ComStock,  Inc.  under this  Agreement,  Distributor  shall make the  following
 payments to S&P ComStock, Inc.:

          (a) Distributor   shall  pay  to  S&P   ComStock,   Inc.  a  one-time,
 non-refundable  Distribution License Fee of $500 due and payable upon execution
 of this Agreement by both parties. Such fee is payable regardless of whether or
 not  distributor   actually   distributes  the  ComStock   Information  to  any
 Subscriber.

          (b) Distributor  shall  pay to S&P  ComStock,  Inc.  a basic  ComStock
 Information  Delivery Fee of $ 720 per month,  including all recurring  charges
 for ComStock network connection,  modem/line interface equipment,  and standard
 equipment  maintenance services as determined by S&P ComStock,  Inc.'s standard
 price list.  These  charges,  plus any applicable  Source fees and  state/local
 taxes,  will  be  billed  monthly  in  advance.  Nonrecurring  charges  such as
 installation,  relocation and removals of ComStock Equipment will be separately
 billed in accordance with S&P ComStock, Inc.'s then-current standard rates.

          (c) Distributor   shall   pay  to  S&P   ComStock   Inc.   a   monthly
 Redistribution Fee, as calculated using the Schedule of Fees attached hereto as
 Exhibit D.

          (d) Distributor  shall be  responsible  for the payment of any and all
 applicable  fees billed to S&P  ComStock,  Inc. or directly to  Distributor  by
 Sources,  which fees  result from  Distributor's  use and  distribution  of the
 ComStock Information.  Distributor shall also be responsible for payment of any
 Subscriber's  Source  fees which must be paid  directly by  Distributor  to the
 Sources.  Distributor shall provide to S&P ComStock, Inc. a copy of its monthly
 Source fee reports when and as filed with the Sources.

          (e) Any amounts payable to S&P ComStock, Inc. by Distributor hereunder
 which are more than thirty  (30) days past due shall bear  interest at the rate
 of 1-1/2% per month.

          (f) S&P  ComStock,  Inc. may, in its sole  discretion  and at any time
 following the initial term of this  Agreement,  change the  Redistribution  fee
 payment  schedule  and/or the  ComStock  Information  Delivery Fee as specified
 herein after having provided written notice to Distributor at least ninety (90)
 days in advance of such changes.

          (h) Once each calendar quarter, Distributor shall furnish S&P ComStock
 with  information  regarding the number of quotes  requested by Subscribers for
 the previous quarter and such other additional information regarding use of the
 ComStock Information as the parties agree.


                                        4

<PAGE>

 5.  Information Enhancements; Changes to Data Specification.

          (a) Any additions of new Sources or other enhancements to the ComStock
 Information  which may be made by S&P  ComStock,  Inc.  during the term of this
 Agreement,  while  unidentified  at this time,  will be offered to  Distributor
 under terms and  conditions to be  negotiated,  provided that (i) S&P ComStock,
 Inc. has the necessary rights to convey such new information to Distributor for
 redistribution;  and (ii) Distributor and S&P ComStock, Inc. execute a separate
 agreement or an amendment to this Agreement.

          (b) S&P  ComStock,  Inc.  shall  have the  right,  on at least six (6)
 months prior written notice, to change the ComStock Data Format  Specification,
 provided  that  any  such  change  shall  be made  effective  generally  by S&P
 ComStock,  Inc. to its customers.  Distributor  shall be responsible at its own
 expense  for making any  modifications  to its  software  necessitated  by such
 change.


 6.  Term.

          (a) This  Agreement  shall  take  effect  upon  its  execution  by  an
 authorized representative of S&P ComStock, Inc. and of Distributor.

          (b) The term of this  Agreement  shall be for an initial term of three
 (3) years  commencing on the first day of service  operation and shall continue
 thereafter for additional  consecutive twelve (12) month terms,  unless written
 notice of  termination  shall have been received by either party from the other
 at  least  ninety  (90)  days  prior to the end of the  initial  term or of any
 additional  twelve-month  term.  If S&P  ComStock,  Inc.  increases  charges to
 Distributor  pursuant to  Paragraph  4(f),  above,  Distributor  shall have the
 option to terminate  this  Agreement by written  notice to S&P  ComStock,  Inc.
 within sixty (60) days of  Distributor's  receipt of notice of such  increases;
 such termination will become effective no sooner than thirty (30) days from the
 last day of the month in which notice of termination by Distributor is received
 by S&P ComStock, Inc..

 7.  Marketing.

          Distributor  may  not  use  the  names  "ComStock",  "SPC.",  or  "S&P
 ComStock,  Inc.", which are proprietary to S&P ComStock,  Inc., or refer to the
 ComStock  Information in marketing or advertising  materials  without the prior
 written  consent of S&P  ComStock,  Inc.,  such consent not to be  unreasonably
 withheld.  Upon S&P ComStock Inc.'s written request,  Distributor  shall notify
 Subscribers  by a display in the service itself that S&P ComStock is the source
 of the quote information and any sales literature  discussing ComStock provided
 quotes shall list S&P ComStock as the provider of the service.

 8.  Fights to Data Specification; Other Confidential Information.

          (a) Distributor agrees and acknowledges that the Data Specification is
 a confidential and proprietary trade secret belonging to ComStock,  and nothing


                                        5

<PAGE>




 in this Agreement conveys any proprietary  rights whatsoever with regard to the
 Data  Specification to Distributor.  The Data  Specification is provided to the
 Distributor  strictly and solely for the purpose of developing  inInternaltemal
 computer software to receive the ComStock Information.  Distributor may not use
 the Data  Specification for any other purpose  whatsoever,  including,  but not
 limited  to, the  development  of systems for the  receipt or  transmission  of
 computer data.  Distributor  may not give,  transmit,  or provide access to the
 ComStock Data  Specification  to any  Subscriber  or other third party.  On any
 termination of this Agreement,  regardless of cause, Distributor shall promptly
 return the Data Specification to S&P ComStock, Inc. and shall provide a written
 certification by an officer that no copies have been retained by Distributor.

          (b) In  addition  to the duties  imposed on  Distributor  pursuant  to
 Paragraph  8(a),  above,  S&P  ComStock,  Inc.  and  Distributor  agree to hold
 confidential any and all of each other's trade secrets,  procedures,  formulae,
 financial data, Subscriber lists, and future plans, which may be learned before
 and during the term of this  AgreementNotwithstanding  the foregoing,  however,
 such duty of confidentiality  shall not extend to information which is or comes
 into the public domain,  is rightfully  obtained from third parties not under a
 duty of confidentiality,  or which is independently developed without reference
 to the other party's confidential information.

          (c) The duties of  confidentiality  imposed  herein shall  survive any
 termination of this Agreement.

 9.  Prevention of Performance.

          Neither party shall be liable for any,  failure in performance of this
 Agreement if such failure is caused by acts of God, war,  governmental  decree,
 power failure,  judgment or order, strike, or other  circumstances,  whether or
 not similar to the  foregoing,  beyond the  reasonable  control of the party so
 affected. Neither party shall have any liability for any default resulting from
 force majeure,  which shall be deemed to include any  circumstances  beyond its
 control.  Such circumstances shall include,  but are not limited to acts of the
 government,  fires,  flood,  strikes,  power failures or communications line or
 network Mures.

 10. Right of  Termination  in the  Event of  Breach  or  Bankruptcy-,  Fight to
     Injunctive Relief

          (a) Either party shall have the right to terminate  this Agreement for
 material  breach by the other party by giving  thirty  (30) days prior  written
 notice, such termination to take effect unless the breach is cured or corrected
 within such notice period.

          (b) If a receiver  is  appointed  for either  party's  business  or if
 either party  petitions under the Bankruptcy Act and is adjudicated a bankrupt,
 declared an  insolvent,  or makes an  assignment  for the benefit of creditors,
 then the other party shall,  upon thirty (30) days prior written  notice,  have
 the right to terminate this Agreement.


                                        6

<PAGE>

          (c) Upon  termination  of this  Agreement for any reason,  Distributor
 shall cease all use and distribution of any of the ComStock Information.

          (d) In addition to and notwithstanding  the above, if Distributor,  or
 any of its  employees,  agents  or  representatives,  shall  attempt  to use or
 dispose  of the  ComStock  Information  or the Data  Specification  in a manner
 contrary to the terms of this  Agreement,  S&P  ComStock,  Inc.  shall have the
 right,  in  addition  to such  other  remedies  as may be  available  to it, to
 injunctive  relief enjoining such acts or attempt,  it being  acknowledged that
 legal remedies are inadequate.

 11. Assignment.

          This   Agreement  may  not  be  assigned,   sublicensed  or  otherwise
 transferred  by either party  without the written  consent,  except to a wholly
 owned  subsidiary,  of the other  party,  such  consent not to be  unreasonably
 withheld,  provided,  however,  that no such  consent  shall be  required  with
 respect to any assignment by S&P ComStock,  Inc. to its parent  company,  or to
 any S&P ComStock, Inc. affiliate.  Any attempted transfer or assignment of this
 Agreement in violation of this provision shall be null and void.

 12. Entire Agreement.

          This Agreement and its Exhibits  embodies the entire agreement between
 the parties hereto. There are no promises, representations, conditions or terms
 other than those herein  contained.  No  modification,  change or alteration of
 this Agreement  shall be effective  unless in writing and signed by the parties
 hereto.

 13. Non-Waiver.

          The failure of either party to exercise  any of its rights  under this
 Agreement  for a breach  thereof  shall  not be  deemed  to be a waiver of such
 rights nor shall the same be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 14. Notices.

          All  notices  under  this  Agreement  shall be given in writing to the
parties as follows:

        To:         S&P ComStock, Inc.
                    600 Mamaroneck Avenue
                    Harrison, New York 10528
                    Attn.: Paul Zinone

        To:         Global Investor's Guide
                    1130 Camino Del Mar
                    Suite 1
                    Del Mar, CA 92014
                    Attn:  Mike Fagan


                                        7

<PAGE>

 15. Governing Law.

     This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York and
 the parties  agree to select New York  jurisdiction  for any claims or disputes
 which may arise hereunder.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Distributor  and S&P ComStock,  Inc. have caused this
 Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized  respective  officers,  as of
 the day and year above written.

 S&P COMSTOCK, INC.

 By: /s/ Paul C. Finn

 Title: V.P. of Sales

 Date: Feb 2, 1998

 DISTR1BUTOR

 By: /s/ Mike Fagan

 Title: PRESIDENT, Global Investors Guide

 Date: January 21, 1998


                                        8



                       COMPUTER SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT

 Townsend  Analytics,  Ltd. ("TAL") (100 S. Wacker Dr., Suite 2040,  Chicago, IL
 60606), in consideration of the terms and conditions  herein set forth,  hereby
 grants to Customer  and Customer  accepts.  a Personal.  non-transferable,  and
 non-exclusive  license  to use the TAL  software  package  named in  Schedule A
 below, the security key, and any related  documentation  (collectively known as
 the 'Licensed Product") subject to the following conditions,

 1. LICENSE.  The  Licensed  Product  contains  computer  programs  and  related
 documentation.  which are  copyrighted  and remain  the  Property  Of TAL.  The
 Licensed  Product is  supplied  by TAL and is  intended  solely for  Customer's
 internal  business  purposes on the single Quote Source specified in Schedule A
 below.  The Number of Licenses  granted to Customer is  specified in Schedule A
 below.  Customer agrees to use no more than the number of licenses granted.  No
 right.  title or interest in Or to the Licensed Product is conveyed to Customer
 by this  Agreement.  The  license  granted  hereunder  shall  not be  assigned,
 sublicensed or otherwise  transferred by Customer.  Customer shall not after or
 modify the Licensed  Product.

 2. LIMITED  PERMISSION TO Copy  LICENSED  FORMAT,  Customer  shall not copy, in
 whole or iln part,  the  software of the Licensed  Product in machine  readable
 form except that  Customer  has limited  permision  (a) to make one copy of the
 Licensed Product for archive or emergency  backup purposes;  and (b) to install
 the Licensed  Product on a single  Computer hard disc,  Customer agrees that it
 shall not allow the Licensed  Product to be  subjected to reverse  engineering,
 decompiling.  disassembling or modification.  Customer shall not make copies of
 the  Licensed  Product for use by or sale to others.  Customer  agrees that the
 licensed Product, its components,  and related materials,  are trade secrets of
 TAL's.  are protected by copyright  law, and  constitute  valuable  property of
 TAL's.  Customer agrees that  unauthorized  copies or disclosure of the License
 Product  will cause great  damage to TAL which  damage far exceeds the value of
 the copies involved.

 3. TERM. The term of this Agreement shall be for a Minimum Term as described in
 Schedule A below ;ornmeocing on the Effective Date. The Effective Date shall be
 defined as (he date upon which the licensed  software is  authorized  by TAL to
 access the data feed.  This Agreement shall  automatically  renew at the end of
 each period for another Minimum Term,  unless either party sends written notice
 expressing  its  intention to terminate  the Agreement as provided in Paragraph
 Four (4).

 4. TERMINATION.  Neither TAL nor Customer shall terminate this Agreement except
 as follows.  The  applicable  party must receive all notices of  termination at
 least  thirty  (30)  days  prior to the end of the term.  TAL may,  in its sole
 discretion,  terminate this Agreement  without further notice,  upon failure of
 Customer to pay any charges as described in Schedule A below.  TAL may also, in
 its sole  discretion,  terminate this  Agreement  upon the material  failure of
 Customer to comply with any of the other terms and conditions of this Agreement
 when such failure, other than payment default, shall not be substantially cured
 within thirty (30) days after TAL sends written  notice to Customer  specifying
 the  default.  Upon any and all  termination,  TAL shall not be liable  for any
 damages,  which may be sustained by  Customer,  including,  but not limited to,
 loss of profits,  business interruption,  loss of data, or pecuniary loss. Upon
 termination of this Agreement for any reason,  all unpaid charges due TAL shall
 become  immediately  due and payable and Customer agrees to return the Licensed
 Product to TAL.

 5. FEES.

     A. The  Initial  License  Fee set  forth in  Schedule  A will be  billed in
 advance upon the  installation  of the 5ervice,  Thereafter.  Customer  will be
 billed  based on the term of the license for the  duration of the Minimum  Term
 set forth in Schedule A.  Customers  who elect to prepay  annually are eligible
 for a discount described in Schedule A.

     B. The charges set forth in Schedule A shall  remain  unchanged  during the
 initial Minimum Term. However.  upon written notice to Customer at least thirty
 (30) days prior to the end of each Term,  including  the initial  Minimum Term,
 TAL may change any and all charges for succeeding terms.

     C. All charges  billed will be due and payable in full Within ten (10) days
 of  receipt  of  invoice.  If  Customer  falls to pay any amount due under this
 Agreement.  Customer shall upon demand pay interest on the unpaid balances at a
 rate of 29% per month from the due date.

     D. Customer  agrees to pay all data vendor fees,  exchange  fees.  personal
  property taxes,  sales taxes.  value -added taxes, and all other taxes,  which
  are Customer's legal responsibility to pay.

     E. Setup charges  include the  initialization  and delivery of the Licensed
  Product.  These charges do not include on site  installation  unless expressly
  listed in Schedule A.

 6. ADDITIONAL  CHARGES.  Customer  is  responsible  for obtaining  Quote Source
 approval  for the  subscription  to a Quote Source for the  integration  of the
 Licensed Product.  All charges and fees including Exchange Fees,  communication
 charges,,  taxes, and Quote Source's service charges are the  responsibility of
 Customer.  Customer is  responsible  for providing all equipment  used with the
 Licensed Product.




<PAGE>

 7. MAINTENANCE. TAL, or its agent.  shall be available to provide non-toll free
 phone  and fax  support  during  the  hours  of 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM CST.  Monday
 through  Friday,  excluding  trading  holidays.  Customers  will receive normal
 maintenanceupgrades  during the term of the  license at no  additional  charge.
 Customers who have unusual  support  requirements  such as the need for on-site
 support shall contract separately for those requirements.

 8. DATA AUTHORIZATION. Customer acknowledges that TAL may be required to report
 data  related to the number of users,  (he  electronic  information  provider's
 services  it has  available  for  use,  and  the  data  feeds  from  which  the
 information  is  received,  to  various  agencies.  To  enable  TAL to meet its
 obligation in this regard,  Customer  agrees to inform TAL in writing  whenever
 its usage of the data changes materially.  Such changes shall include.  but are
 not limited to, an increase in the number of simultaneously  operable computers
 with access to the data feed.

 9. DISCLAIMER. TAL expressly disclaims all warranties, express or inplied, with
 respect to the  Licensed  Product  and  related  materials  and its  quality of
 performance,   including  warranties  of  merchantability  and  fitness  for  a
 particular purpose.  TAL snakes no representation  concerning the likelihood of
 profitable  trading using the Licensed Product The Licensed Product is licensed
 "as is" and "with all faults". The sales personnell,  employees, and dealers of
 TAL art not  authorized  to make  warranties  binding on TAL about the Licensed
 Product.  Accordingly,  additional oral statement do not constitute  warranties
 and should not be relied upon and are not part of this Agreement This paragraph
 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 10. LIMITS OF LIABILITY.  TAL shall not be liable under this  Agreement for any
 money  damages  resulting  from claims made by Customer or third  party(s)  for
 errors, omissions,  interruptions. or delays in the Licensed Product or for the
 unavailability  of the services  provided or to be provided.  regardless of the
 cause. In no event shall TAI be responsible for special, indirect,  incidental,
 exemplary,  or consequential damages, which Customer may incur in entering into
 this  Agreement.  even if TAL  has  been  advised  of the  possibility  of such
 damages.  Customer waives all claims against TAL. its directors,  officers, and
 employees for special,  indirect, or consequential damages &rising out of or in
 connection  with  the  use or  performance  of  the  Licensed  Product.  If the
 foregoing  disclaimer  and  waiver of  liability  should be deemed  invalid  or
 ineffective, TAL. its directors,  officers, and employees shall not be liable n
 any event beyond the Amount of one month's license fee paid by Customer for one
 copy of the Licensed Product.  This paragraph shall survive the, termination of
 this Agreement.

 11. GENERAL. The laws of the State of Illinois shall govern this Agreement.  If
 any provision of this  Agreementt  shall be held invalid under  applicable law,
 the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 Customer: Global Investor's Guide   Date:4-21-98
           -----------------------        -------
 BY: Michael Fagan
     -------------
 Title: President
        ---------




                                                                         1794645



                               SECRETARY OF STATE

                              CORPORATION DIVISION

      1,  BILL  JONES,  Secretary  of State of the State of  California,  hereby
 certify:

       That the annexed  transcript lids been compared with the corporate record
 on file in this;  office,  of which It purports to be a copy,  and that same is
 full, true and correct.

                                                        IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I
                                                        execute this certificate
                                                        and affix the Great Sea]
                                                        of    the    State    of
                                                        California this

                                                               DEC 3 1996
                                                        ------------------------




                                                             /s/ Bill Jones
                                                           Secretary of State




<PAGE>

                                                                         1794645
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


                                        I


The name of this corporation is GLOBAL INVESTORS GUIDE


                                       II


The purpose of this  corporation  is to engage in any lawful ad of activity  for
Which a  corporation  may be  organized  Under the  GENERAL  CORPORATION  LAW of
California  other than the banking  business the trust  company  business or the
practice  of a  profession  permitted  to  be  incorporated  by  the  California
Corporations Code.


                                      III


The name and address in the State of  California of this  corporation's  initial
&,get for service of proem is;


                             Peter S. Griffith, CPA
                        41 East Foothill Blvd. Suite 204
                            Arcadia California 91006


                                       IV


This  corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock,  and
the tow number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is 10,000

DATE: 12-2-96                                  /s/ Peter S. Griffith
     ---------------------                     ---------------------------------
                                               Peter S. Griffith,
                                               Incorporator





                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF
                             GLOBAL INVESTORS GUIDE

                                  SHAREHOLDERS

      1. ANNUAL  MEETING.  Unless the Board of Directors of the President of the
 Corporation   selects  a  different   time  or  date,  the  annual  meeting  of
 shareholders  shall be held at 11:00  A.M.  on the first  Tuesday  of the third
 month  following the end of the  corporation's  fiscal year. The annual meeting
 shall be for the purpose of electing a Board of Directors and transacting  such
 other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

      2. SPECIAL MEETING.  Special meetings of shareholders may be called at any
 time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the board, the President or the
 holders of shares  entitled to cast not less than one-tenth of the votes at the
 meeting.

      3. PLACE.  Meetings  of  shareholders  shall  be  held  at  the  principal
 executive  office of the  corporation or at any other place,  within or without
 California, which may be designated by the Board of Directors.

      4. NOTICE.
               (a) Annual and Special Meetings. A written notice of each meeting
 of  shareholders  shall be given not more than 60 days and,  except as provided
 below,  not less than 10 (or, if sent by third class mail,  30) days before the
 date of the meeting to each  shareholder  entitled to vote at the meeting.  The
 notice  shall state the place,  date and hour of the meeting  and, if directors
 are to be elected at the  meeting,  the names of the  nominees  intended  to be
 presented by the Board of Directors for  election.  The notice shall also state
 (i) in the  case of an  annual  meeting,  those  matters  which  the  Broad  of
 Directors  intends to present  for action by the  shareholders,  and (H) in the
 case of a special meeting,  the general nature of the business to be transacted
 and  that no other  business  may be  transacted.  Notice  shall  be  delivered
 personally,  by first  class  mail or other  written  means  addressed  to each
 shareholder  at the address of such  shareholder  appearing on the books of the
 corporation or given by the  shareholder to the  corporation for the purpose of
 notice or as otherwise provided by law. Upon written request to the Chairman of
 the  Board,  the  President,  the  Secretary  or  any  Vice  President  of  the
 corporation by any person (other than the Board of Directors)  entitled to call
 a special  meeting of  shareholders,  the person  receiving  such request shall
 cause  notice to be given to the  shareholders  entitled to vote that a meeting
 will be held at a time  requested  by the person  calling  the meeting not less
 than 35 nor more than 60 days after the receipt of the request.




<PAGE>

               (b) Adjourned  Meetings.  Notice of an adjourned meeting need not
 be given if (i) the meeting is adjourned for 45 days or less, (ii) the time and
 place of the  adjourned  meeting  are  announced  at the  meeting  at which the
 adjournment  is taken,  and (iii) no new record date is fixed for the adjourned
 meeting.  Otherwise, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as the case
 of an original meeting.

      5. RECORD DATE.  The  Board of Directors  may fix in advance a record date
 for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting, to
 vote, to receive payment of any dividend or other  distribution or allotment of
 rights or to exercise  any  rights.  Such record date shall not be more than 60
 nor less than 10 days  prior to the date of the  meeting  nor more than 60 days
 prior to any other  action.  Except as otherwise  provided by law, if no record
 date is so fixed,  the record  date for  determining  shareholders  entitled to
 notice  of or to  vote at a  meeting  of  shareholders  shall  be the day  next
 preceding the day on which notice is given,  or if notice is waived,  the close
 of business on the business day next  preceding the day on which the meeting is
 held. The record date for determining  shareholders entitled to give consent to
 corporate  action in  writing  without a meeting,  when no prior  action of the
 Board of Directors has been taken,  shall be the day on which the first written
 consent is given.  The record date for determining  shareholders  for any other
 purpose  shall be at the close of day prior to the date of such  other  action,
 whichever  is  later.   Except  as  otherwise   provided  in  the  Articles  of
 Incorporation,  by law or by  agreement,  only  shareholders  at the  close  of
 business on the record date are entitled to notice and to vote,  to receive the
 dividend,  distribution  or allotment of rights or to exercise  rights,  as the
 case  may be,  notwithstanding  any  transfer  of  shares  on the  books of the
 corporation  after the record date.  Except as  otherwise  provided by law, the
 corporation  shall be  entitled  to treat the holder of record of any shares as
 the  holder in fact of such  shares  and shall  not be bound to  recognize  any
 equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other
 person,  whether or not the  corporation  shall have express or other notice of
 such claim or interest.  A determination  of shareholders of record entitled to
 notice of or to vote as a meeting shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting
 unless the Board of Directors  fixes a new record date.  The Board of Directors
 shall fix a new record date if the  adjourned  meeting takes place more than 45
 days from the date set for the original meeting.

      6. MEETING WITHOUT REGULAR CALL AND NOTICE.  The actions of any meeting of
 shareholders,  however  called and noticed and wherever  held,  are as valid as
 though taken at a meeting  duly held after  regular call and notice if a quorum
 is present in person or by proxy,  and if,  either before or after the meeting,
 each of the  persons  entitled  to vote who is not  present  at the  meeting in
 person or by proxy signs a written  waiver of notice,  a consent to the holding
 of the meeting or an approval of the minutes of the meeting. For such purposes,
 even though a shareholder attends such a meeting,  the shareholder shall not be




<PAGE>

 considered  present at the  meeting if at the  beginning  of the  meeting,  the
 shareholder  objects to the transaction of any business because the meeting was
 not  lawfully  called or convened or, with  respect to the  consideration  of a
 matter  required by law to be  included in the notice of the meeting  which was
 not so included, the shareholder expressly objects to such consideration at the
 meeting.

      7. QUORUM  AND REQUIRED  VOTE. A  majority of the shares entitled to vote,
 represented in person or by proxy,  constitutes a quorum for the transaction of
 business. No business may be transacted at a meeting in the absence of a quorum
 other than the adjournment of such meeting,  except that if a quorum is present
 at the commencement of a meeting,  business may be transacted until the meeting
 is adjourned  even through the  withdrawal of  shareholders  leaves less than a
 quorum. If a quorum is present at a meeting, the affirmative vote of a majority
 of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting shall be the act of
 the  shareholders  unless  the vote of a larger  number or voting by classes is
 required by law or the Articles of Incorporation. If a quorum is present at the
 commencement  of a meeting by the  withdrawal of  shareholders  results in less
 than a  quorum,  the  affirmative  vote of at least a  majority  of the  shares
 required to constitute a quorum shall be the act of the shareholders unless the
 vote of a larger number or voting by classes is required by law of the Articles
 of  Incorporation.  Any  meeting  of  shareholders,  whether or not a quorum is
 present,  may be adjourned by the vote of a majority of the shares  represented
 at the meeting.

      8. PROXIES.   A  shareholder   may  be   represented  at  any  meeting  of
 shareholders  by a written  proxy  signed by the person  entitled to vote or by
 such person's duly authorized attorney-in-fact. A proxy must bear a date within
 I I months prior to the meeting,  unless the proxy specifies a different length
 of time. A revocable proxy is revoked by a writing delivered to the corporation
 stating  that the proxy is revoked,  or by a subsequent  proxy  executed by the
 person executing the prior proxy and presented to the meeting, or by attendance
 at the meeting and voting in person by the person executing the proxy.

      9. VOTING,  REPORT OF RESULTS.  Except as provided  below or as  otherwise
 provided by the Articles of  Incorporation  or by law, a  shareholder  shall be
 entitled to one vote for each share held of record on the record date fixed for
 the  determination of the shareholders  entitled to vote at a meeting or, if no
 such date is fixed, the date determined in accordance with law. Upon the demand
 of any shareholder made at a meeting before the voting begins,  the election of
 directors shall be by ballot. At every election of directors,  shareholders may
 cumulate  votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of
 directors  to be  elected  multiplied  by the  number  of votes  to  which  the
 shareholder's  shares are normally  entitled or  distribute  the  shareholder's
 votes  according to the same  principle  among as many  candidates  as desired;
 however, no shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes for any one or more
 candidates  unless  such  candidate  or  candidates'  names have been placed in




<PAGE>

 nomination prior to the voting and at least one shareholder has given notice at
 the meeting  prior to the voting of such  shareholder's  intention  to cumulate
 votes.  Upon  written  request of any  shareholder  made  within 60 days of any
 meeting  of   shareholders,   the  corporation   shall  forthwith  inform  such
 shareholder of the result of any particular vote of  shareholders  taken at the
 meeting, including the number of shares voting for, the number of shares voting
 against,  and the number of shares  abstaining or withheld from voting.  If the
 matter voted on was the election of directors,  the corporation shall report to
 the shareholder the number of shares (or votes if voted  cumulatively) cast for
 each nominee for  director.  If more than one class or series of shares  voted,
 the report shall state the appropriate numbers by class or series of shares.

      10. ELECTION INSPECTORS. One or three election inspectors may be appointed
 by the Board of  Directors  in advance of a meeting of  shareholders  or at the
 meeting by the chairman of the meeting.  If not previously chosen, one or three
 inspectors  shall be appointed by the chairman of the meeting if a  shareholder
 or proxy holder so request.  When  inspectors are appointed at the request of a
 shareholder or proxy holder, the majority of shares represented in person or by
 proxy shall  determine  whether one or three  inspectors  shall be chosen.  The
 election inspectors shall determine all questions concerning the existence of a
 quorum and the right to vote,  shall  tabulate  and  determine  the  results of
 voting and shall do other acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote
 with fairness to all shareholders. If there are three inspectors, the decision,
 act or  certificate  of a majority of the inspectors is effective as if made by
 all.

      11. ACTION  WITHOUT MEETING.  Except as provided below, by the Articles of
 Incorporation  or by law,  any  action  which  may be taken at any  meeting  of
 shareholders  may be taken  without a meeting  and  without  prior  notice if a
 consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders
 of  outstanding  shares having not less than the minimum  number of votes which
 would be  necessary  to  authorize  or take such action were present and voted.
 Unless the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have been solicited in
 writing, the corporation shall give, to those shareholders entitled to vote who
 have not consented in writing, a written notice of (i) any shareholder approval
 obtained  without a meeting  pursuant  to those  provisions  of the  California
 Corporation  Code set forth in  Subsection  603(b)(1)  of such Code at least 10
 days before the consummation of the action authorized by such approval and (ii)
 the taking of any other action  approved by  shareholders  without a meeting by
 less than unanimous written consent, which notice shall be given promptly after
 such action is taken. Subject to Section 305(b) of the California  Corporations
 Code,  directors  may not be  elected by written  consent  except by  unanimous
 written consent of all shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.




<PAGE>

      12. REPORTS.  The annual report to shareholders  specified in Section 1501
 of the California  Corporations  Code is dispensed with, except as the Board of
 Directors may otherwise determine,  as long as there are fewer than 100 holders
 of  record  of the  corporation's  shares.  Any  such  annual  report  sent  to
 shareholders  shall be sent at least 15 (or, if sent by third  class mail,  35)
 days prior to the next annual meeting of shareholders.

      13. LOST  STOCK  CERTIFICATES.  The  corporation  may  cause  a new  stock
 certificate to be issued in place of any certificate  previously  issued by the
 corporation  alleged to have been lost,  stolen or destroyed.  The  corporation
 may, at its discretion and as a condition  precedent to such issuance,  require
 the owner of such certificate or the owner's legal representative to deliver an
 affidavit  stating that such  certificate  was lost,  stolen or destroyed or to
 give the  corporation  a bond or other  security  sufficient  to  indemnify  it
 against  any claim  that may be made  against  it,  including  any  expense  or
 liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction or the issuance
 of a new certificate.

                                    DIRECTORS

      14. NUMBER. The number of directors of this corporation shall be one until
 such number is changed by an amendment  of this Bylaw,  provided  that,  if the
 number of directors is set forth in the Articles of Incorporation,  such number
 may only be changed by an amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. After the
 issuance of shares,  a bylaw specifying or changing a fixed number of directors
 or the maximum or minimum  number or changing from a fixed to a variable  board
 or vice versa may only be adopted by the affirmative  vote of a majority of the
 outstanding  shares  entitled  to  vote;  provided,  however,  that a bylaw  or
 amendment  of the  Articles of  Incorporation  reducing the fixed number or the
 minimum number of directors to a number less than five cannot be adopted if the
 votes cast  against its adoption at a meeting or the shares not  consenting  in
 the case of action by written  consent are equal to more than 16 2/3 percent of
 the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

      15. POWERS. Subject  to the limitations imposed by law or contained in the
 Articles of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be
 managed and all  corporate  powers shall be exercised by or under the direction
 of the Board of Directors.

      16. ELECTION,  TERM OF OFFICE AND  VACANCIES.  At each  annual  meeting of
 shareholders,  directors  shall be elected to hold office until the next annual
 meeting. Each director,  including a director elected to fill a vacancy,  shall
 hold office until the expiration of the term for which the director was elected
 and until a successor  has been elected and  qualified.  The Board of Directors
 may  declare  vacant the office of a director  who has been  declared  to be of
 unsound mind by court order or convicted of a felony. Unless otherwise provided




<PAGE>

 by the  Articles of  Incorporation,  vacancies  on the Board of  Directors  not
 caused by removal may be filled by a majority of the directors  then in office,
 or if the  number of  directors  then in  office is less than a quorum,  by the
 affirmative  vote of a majority  of the  directors  then in office at a meeting
 held pursuant to notice or waivers of notice  complying with Section 307 of the
 California  Corporation Code, or by a sole remaining director. The shareholders
 my elect a director at any time to fill any vacancy not filled, or which cannot
 be filled, by the Board of Directors. Not reduction in the authorized number of
 directors  shall  have  the  effect  of  removing  any  director  prior  to the
 expiration of the director's term of office.

      17. REMOVAL. Except as described below, any or all of the directors may be
 removed without cause if such removal is approved by the affirmative  vote of a
 majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. Unless the entire Board of
 Directors  is so  removed,  no  director  may be  removed if (i) the votes cast
 against  removal,  or not  consenting  in  writing  to such  removal,  would be
 sufficient to elect such director if voted cumulatively at an election at which
 the same total number of votes were cast or, if such action is taken by written
 consent,  all shares entitled to vote were voted, and (ii) the entire number of
 directors  authorized at the time of the director's  most recent  election were
 then being elected. When the Articles of Incorporation provide that the holders
 of the shares of any class or series, voting as a class or series, are entitled
 to elect one or more directors,  any director so elected may be removed only by
 the applicable vote of the holders of the shares of that class or series.

      18. RESIGNATION.  Any  director may resign by giving written notice to the
 Chairman of the Board, the President,  the Secretary or the Board of Directors.
 Such  resignation  shall be effective when given unless the notice  specifies a
 later time.  The  resignation  shall be effective  regardless  of whether it is
 accepted by the corporation.

      19. COMPENSATION.  If the Board of Directors so resolves,  the  directors,
 including the Chairman of the board, shall receive compensation and expenses of
 attendance  for meetings of the Board of  Directors  and of  committees  of the
 Board.  Nothing herein shall preclude any director from serving the corporation
 in another  capacity in accordance with the law and receiving  compensation for
 such service.

      20. COMMITTEES.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution  adopted by the
 majority  of  the  authorized  number  of  directors,  designate  one  or  more
 committees,  each consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure
 of the  Board.  The Board may  designate  one or more  directors  as  alternate
 members of a committee  who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the
 committee.  The  appointment  of members or  alternate  members of a  committee
 requires the vote of a majority of the authorized  number of directors.  Except




<PAGE>

 as otherwise  provided by Section 311 of the California  Corporations  Code, to
 the extent  permitted by the resolution of the Board of Directors,  a committee
 may exercise all of the authority of the Board.

      21. INSPECTION OF RECORDS AND  PROPERTIES.  Each  director may inspect all
 books,  records,  documents and physical  properties of the corporation and its
 subsidiaries  at any  reasonable  time.  Inspections  may be made either by the
 director or the director's agent or attorney.  The right of inspection includes
 the right to copy and make extracts.

      22. TIME AND  PLACE OF MEETINGS AND TELEPHONE  MEETINGS.  Unless otherwise
 provided in the  Articles  of  Incorporation  or unless the Board of  Directors
 otherwise  determines,  the Board  shall  hold a regular  meeting  during  each
 quarter of the  corporation's  fiscal year.  One such meeting  shall take place
 immediately  following  the annual  meeting of  shareholders.  All  meetings of
 directors shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation or
 at such other place,  within or without  California,  as shall be designated in
 the  notice  for the  meeting  or in a  resolution  of the Board of  Directors.
 Directors may participate in a meeting  through use of conference  telephone or
 similar communications  equipment,  so long as all members so participating can
 hear each other.

      23. CALL.  Unless  otherwise  provided in the  Articles of  Incorporation,
 meetings of the Board of Directors,  whether regular or special,  may be called
 by the Chairman of the Board, the President,  the Secretary, and Vice President
 or any two directors.

      24. NOTICE. Unless  otherwise  provided in the Articles of  Incorporation,
 regular  meetings of the Board of Directors  may be held without  notice if the
 time and place of such meetings have been fixed by the Board.  Special meetings
 shall be held upon four  days'  notice  by mail or 48 hours'  notice  delivered
 personally or by telephone or  telegraph,  and regular  meetings  shall be held
 upon similar notice if notice is required for such  meetings.  Neither a notice
 nor a waiver of notice  need  specify  the  purpose  of any  regular or special
 meeting.  If a meeting  is  adjourned  for more  than 24  hours,  notice of the
 adjourned  meeting  shall be given  prior  to the time of such  meeting  to the
 directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

      25. MEETING WITHOUT NOTICE TO ALL DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise  provided in
 the  Articles of  Incorporation,  notice of a meeting  need not be given to any
 director  who,  wither before or after the meeting,  signs a written  waiver of
 notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes of the
 meeting or who attends the meeting without protesting,  prior thereto or at its
 commencement,  the lack of notice to such director. All such waivers,  consents
 and approvals  shall be filed with the corporate  records or made a part of the
 Minutes of the Meeting.




<PAGE>

      26. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.  Unless otherwise  provided in the Articles of
 Incorporation,  any action  required or  permitted  to be taken by the Board of
 Directors  may be taken  without a meeting,  if all of the members of the Board
 individually or collectively consent in writing to such action.

      27. QUORUM AND REQUIRED VOTE. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of
 Incorporation,  a majority of the directors  shall  constitute a quorum for the
 transaction  of  business,  provided  that  unless  the  authorized  number  of
 directors is one, the number  constituting  a quorum shall not be less than the
 greater of one-third of the  authorized  number of directors or two  directors.
 Except  as  otherwise  provided  by  Subsection  307(a)(8)  of  the  California
 Corporations -Code, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, every act or
 decision done or made by a majority of the directors  present at a meeting duly
 held at which a quorum  is  present  is the act of the  Board of  Directors.  A
 meeting  at which a quorum  is  initially  present  may  continue  to  transact
 business  notwithstanding  the withdrawal of directors,  if any action taken is
 approved  by at least a majority of the  required  quorum for such  meeting.  A
 majority  of the  directors  present at a  meeting,  whether or not a quorum is
 present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place.

      28. COMMITTEE MEETINGS.  The principles set forth in Section 22 through 27
 of these Bylaws  shall apply to  committees  of the Board of  Directors  and to
 actions by such committees.

      29. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

               (a)  Indemnification.  To the fullest  extent  permissible  under
 California law, and, to the extent authorized by the Articles of Incorporation,
 in excess of that which is expressly permitted by Section 317 of the California
 Corporations  Code, the corporation  shall indemnify its directors and officers
 against all expenses,  judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually
 and reasonable incurred by them in connection with any proceeding, including an
 action by or in the right of the  corporation,  by reason of the fact that such
 director or officer is or was serving as a director, officer, trustee, employee
 or  agent  of the  corporation,  or is or was  serving  at the  request  of the
 corporation  as a  director,  officer,  trustee,  employee  or agent of another
 corporation,  or of a  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other  enterprise
 (including  service with  respect to employee  benefit  plans).  To the fullest
 extent  permissible  under California law,  expenses  incurred by a director or
 officer  seeking  indemnification  under this Bylaw in defending any proceeding
 shall be advanced by the  corporation  as they are incurred upon receipt by the
 corporation  of an  undertaking  by or on behalf of the  director or officer to
 repay such amount if it shall  ultimately  be  determined  that the director or
 officer  is not  entitled  to be  indemnified  by  the  corporation  for  those
 expenses.  The rights  granted by this Bylaw are  contractual in nature and, as
 such, may not be altered (other than prospectively in connection with acts and




<PAGE>

 liabilities  not  occurring or arising  prior to the date of  alteration)  with
 respect  to any  present or former  director  or officer  without  the  written
 consent of that person.

               (b) Procedure.  Upon written request to the Board of Directors by
 person  seeking  indemnification  under this Bylaw,  the Board  shall  promptly
 determine in accordance with Section 317(e) of the California Corporations Code
 whether the  applicable  standard of conduct has been met and, if so, the Board
 shall authorize indemnification.  If the Board cannot authorize indemnification
 because the number of directors who are parties to the proceeding  with respect
 to which  indemnification  is  sought  prevents  the  formation  of a quorum of
 directors who are not parties to the proceeding,  then, upon written request by
 the person seeking  indemnification,  independent  legal counsel (by means of a
 written opinion  obtained at the corporation!  s expense) or the  corporation's
 shareholders  shall  determine  whether the applicable  standard of conduct has
 been met and, if so, shall authorize indemnification.

               (c)  Definitions.  The term  "proceeding"  means any  threatened,
 pending  or  completed   action  or  proceeding,   whether   civil,   criminal,
 administrative  or  investigative.   The  term  "expenses"  includes,   without
 limitation,  attorneys'  fees  and any  expenses  of  establishing  a right  to
 indemnification.

                                    OFFICERS

      30. TITLES  AND  RELATION  TO  BOARD OF  DIRECTORS.  The  officers  of the
 corporation shall include a Chairman of the Board, a President, a Secretary and
 a Chief Financial  Officer.  The Board of Directors may also choose a Treasurer
 and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries,  Assistant Treasurer or
 other officers. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, any
 Chairman of the Board and  President  shall be the same  person.  All  officers
 shall  perform  their  duties and  exercise  their  powers  under the  ultimate
 direction of the Board of Directors.

      31. ELECTION,  TERM OF OFFICE AND VACANCIES.  Unless otherwise provided in
 the  Articles  of  Incorporation,  at its reg ular  meeting  after each  annual
 meeting of  shareholders,  the Board of Directors  shall choose the officers of
 the  corporation.  No officer need be a member of the Board of Directors except
 the  Chairman  of the  Board.  The  officers  shall  hold off ice  until  their
 successors are chosen.  Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer tinder any
 contract employment, the Board of Directors may remove any officer at any time.
 If an office becomes vacant for any reason,  the vacancy shall be filled by the
 Board.

      32. RESIGNATION. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to
 the  corporation  without  prejudice to the rights,  if any, of the corporation



<PAGE>

 under any contract to which the officer is a party.  Such resignation  shall be
 effective regardless of whether it is accepted by the corporation.

      33. SALARIES.  The  Board  of  Directors  shall  fix the  salaries  of the
 Chairman of the Board and President and may fix the salaries of other employees
 of the corporation  including the other officers. If the Board does not fix the
 salaries of the other officers, the President shall fix such salaries.

      34. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The  Chairman of the Board shall  preside over
 all meetings of the Board of Directors.

      35. PRESIDENT. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation,
 the President shall be the general  manager and chief executive  officer of the
 corporation,  shall preside at all meetings of  shareholders,  shall effectuate
 orders and  resolutions of the Board of Directors and shall exercise such other
 powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

      36. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall have the following powers and duties:

               (a)  Record of Corporate  Proceedings. The Secretary shall attend
 all meetings of the Board of Directors and its committees and  shareholders and
 shall  record all votes and the  minutes of such  meetings in a book to be kept
 for that purpose at the principal  executive  office of the  corporation  or at
 such other place as the Board of Directors may determine.  The Secretary  shall
 keep at the corporation's  principal executive office, if in California,  or at
 its principal  business office in California if the principal  executive office
 is not in California, the original or a copy of the Bylaws, as amended.

               (b)  Record  of  Shares.  If a  transfer  agent or  registrar  is
 appointed  by the  Board  of  Directors  to keep a share  register,  the  share
 register shall be kept at the office of the transfer agent or registrar.  If no
 such  appointment is made, the Secretary shall keep at the principal  executive
 office  of  the  corporation  a  share  register   showing  the  names  of  the
 shareholders and their addresses,  the number and class of shares held by each,
 the  number  and  date of  certificates  issued  and  the  number  and  date of
 cancellation of each certificate surrendered for cancellation.

               (c)  Notices.  The  Secretary  shall give such  notices as may be
 required by law or these Bylaws.

               (d)  Additional  Powers and Duties. The Secretary  shall exercise
 such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall
 prescribe.



<PAGE>

      37. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.  Unless otherwise  determined by the Board of
 Directors,  the Chief  Financial  Officer  shall have custody of the  corporate
 funds and  securities  and shall keep  adequate  and  correct  accounts  of the
 corporation's properties and business transactions. The Chief Financial Officer
 shall disburse such funds of the  corporation as may be ordered by the Board of
 Directors,  taking proper vouchers for such disbursements,  shall render to the
 President  and  directors,  at regular  meetings of the Board of  Directors  or
 whenever  the  Board  may  require,  an  account  of all  transactions  and the
 financial condition of the corporation and shall exercise such other powers and
 perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall prescribe,

      38. OTHER OFFICERS.  The other officers of the corporation,  if any, shall
 perform such duties as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

                                  AMENDMENT OF
                                     BYLAWS

      39. Except as provided by law or the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws may
 be adopted,  amended or repealed by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the
 outstanding  shares  entitled  to  vote  or by the  approval  of the  Board  of
 Directors, except that an amendment changing the authorized number of directors
 may only be adopted as provided in Section 14.

      40. RELATION TO ARTICLES.  These  Bylaws shall be subject to any provision
 of the Articles of  Incorporation,  as the same may be amended or restated from
 time to time, to the extent that the California  Corporations Code permits such
 provision,  if set forth in the Articles of  Incorporation,  to  supervene,  to
 modify or to  constitute  an exception or  supplement to any provision of these
 Bylaws.

          This is to certify  that the  foregoing  is a true and correct copy of
 the Bylaws of the corporation  named in the title of these Bylaws and that such
 Bylaws were duly adopted by the incorporator of such corporation on December 6,
 1996.

 Dated:


                                                         /s/ Jeff Phillips
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         Jeff Phillips Secretary



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     (Replace this text with the legend)
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                           0001082384
<NAME>                        UBRANDIT.COM
<MULTIPLIER>                             1
<CURRENCY>                     U.S. DOLLAR

<S>                             <C>                       <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS                     12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1999             SEP-30-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             OCT-01-1998             OCT-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1999             SEP-30-1998
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                      1                       1
<CASH>                                          941566                   45604
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    10097                   18820
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0                       0
<INVENTORY>                                          0                       0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                953712                   65449
<PP&E>                                           83281                   42195
<DEPRECIATION>                                  (19434)                 (10935)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 1023809                  100089
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           322922                  200333
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                          8756                    2726
<OTHER-SE>                                     (102970)                 692131
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   1023809                  100089
<SALES>                                          51060                  341887
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 51060                  341887
<CGS>                                                0                       0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   224141                  443481
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                1188                   13063
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (174269)                (114657)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0                       0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (174269)                (114657)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (174269)                (114657)
<EPS-BASIC>                                    (0.05)                  (0.21)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0                       0



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission